1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
48 #include <algorithm>
49 #include <cstring>
50 #include <functional>
51 using namespace clang;
52 using namespace sema;
53 
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
55   if (OwnedType) {
56     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58   }
59 
60   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
61 }
62 
63 namespace {
64 
65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
66  public:
67   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
68                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
69       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
70         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
71     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
72     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
73     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
74   }
75 
76   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
77     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
78       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
79       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
80       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
81              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
82     }
83     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
84   }
85 
86  private:
87   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
88   bool WantClassName;
89   bool AllowClassTemplates;
90 };
91 
92 }
93 
94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
96   switch (Kind) {
97   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
98   // token kind is a valid type specifier
99   case tok::kw_short:
100   case tok::kw_long:
101   case tok::kw___int64:
102   case tok::kw___int128:
103   case tok::kw_signed:
104   case tok::kw_unsigned:
105   case tok::kw_void:
106   case tok::kw_char:
107   case tok::kw_int:
108   case tok::kw_half:
109   case tok::kw_float:
110   case tok::kw_double:
111   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
112   case tok::kw_bool:
113   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
114     return true;
115 
116   case tok::annot_typename:
117   case tok::kw_char16_t:
118   case tok::kw_char32_t:
119   case tok::kw_typeof:
120   case tok::annot_decltype:
121   case tok::kw_decltype:
122     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
123 
124   default:
125     break;
126   }
127 
128   return false;
129 }
130 
131 namespace {
132 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult {
133   NotFound,
134   FoundNonType,
135   FoundType
136 };
137 } // namespace
138 
139 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for
140 /// dependent class.
141 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a
142 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found.
143 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult
144 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II,
145                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
146                                 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
147   if (!RD->hasDefinition())
148     return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
149   // Look for type decls in base classes.
150   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
151       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
152   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
153     const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr;
154     if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>())
155       BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
156     else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
157       // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
158       // templates.
159       if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
160         continue;
161       auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
162       if (!TD)
163         continue;
164       auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
165           dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
166       if (!BasePrimaryTemplate)
167         continue;
168       BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate;
169     }
170     if (BaseRD) {
171       for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) {
172         if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
173           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
174         FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
175       }
176       if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) {
177         switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) {
178         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType:
179           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
180         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType:
181           FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
182           break;
183         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound:
184           break;
185         }
186       }
187     }
188   }
189 
190   return FoundTypeDecl;
191 }
192 
193 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
194                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
195                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
196   // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any.
197   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
198   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
199       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
200   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
201        DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
202        DC = DC->getParent()) {
203     // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
204     // templates.
205     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
206     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
207       FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD);
208   }
209   if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType)
210     return ParsedType();
211 
212   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
213   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
214   // lookup during template instantiation.
215   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
216 
217   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
218   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
219                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
220   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
221 
222   CXXScopeSpec SS;
223   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
224 
225   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
226   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
227   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
228   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
229   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
230   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
231 }
232 
233 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
234 /// return the declaration of that type.
235 ///
236 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
237 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
238 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
239 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
240 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
241 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
242                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
243                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
244                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
245                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
246                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
247                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
248   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
249   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
250   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
251     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
252     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
253       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
254   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
255     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
256 
257     if (!LookupCtx) {
258       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
259         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
260         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
261         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
262         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
263         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
264         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
265         //
266         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
267         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
268         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
269           return ParsedType();
270 
271         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
272         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
273         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
274           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
275 
276         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
277         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
278                                        II, NameLoc);
279         return ParsedType::make(T);
280       }
281 
282       return ParsedType();
283     }
284 
285     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
286         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
287       return ParsedType();
288   }
289 
290   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
291   // lookup for class-names.
292   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
293                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
294   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
295   if (LookupCtx) {
296     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
297     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
298     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
299     // nested-name-specifier.
300     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
301 
302     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
303       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
304       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
305       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
306       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
307       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
308       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
309       LookupName(Result, S);
310     }
311   } else {
312     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
313     LookupName(Result, S);
314 
315     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
316     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
317     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
318       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
319               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
320         return TypeInBase;
321     }
322   }
323 
324   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
325   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
326   case LookupResult::NotFound:
327   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
328     if (CorrectedII) {
329       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(
330           Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS,
331           llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName),
332           CTK_ErrorRecovery);
333       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
334       TemplateTy Template;
335       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
336       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
337       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
338       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
339       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
340       if (SS && NNS) {
341         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
342         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
343       }
344       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
345           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
346           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
347           // is handled elsewhere).
348           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
349             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
350                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
351         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
352                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
353                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
354                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
355         if (Ty) {
356           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
357                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
358                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
359           if (SS && NNS)
360             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
361           *CorrectedII = NewII;
362           return Ty;
363         }
364       }
365     }
366     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
367   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
368   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
369     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
370     return ParsedType();
371 
372   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
373     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
374     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
375     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
376     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
377     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
378     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
379       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
380       return ParsedType();
381     }
382 
383     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
384     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
385          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
386       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
387         if (!IIDecl ||
388             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
389               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
390           IIDecl = *Res;
391       }
392     }
393 
394     if (!IIDecl) {
395       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
396       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
397       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
398       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
399       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
400       // a type name.
401       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
402       return ParsedType();
403     }
404 
405     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
406     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
407     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
408     // perform the name lookup again.
409     break;
410 
411   case LookupResult::Found:
412     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
413     break;
414   }
415 
416   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
417 
418   QualType T;
419   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
420     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
421 
422     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
423     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
424 
425     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
426     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
427     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
428     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
429       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
430         // Construct a type with type-source information.
431         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
432         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
433 
434         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
435         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
436         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
437         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
438         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
439       } else {
440         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
441       }
442     }
443   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
444     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
445     if (!HasTrailingDot)
446       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
447   }
448 
449   if (T.isNull()) {
450     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
451     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
452     return ParsedType();
453   }
454   return ParsedType::make(T);
455 }
456 
457 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
458 static NestedNameSpecifier *
459 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
460   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
461     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
462     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
463     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
464       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
465     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
466       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
467                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
468     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
469       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
470   }
471   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
472 }
473 
474 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
475                                                 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
476   // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template
477   // type parameter is a Microsoft extension.
478   Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
479 
480   // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at
481   // instantiation time.  The name specifier isn't dependent, so template
482   // instantiation won't transform it.  It will retry the lookup, however.
483   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
484       synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
485   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
486 
487   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
488   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
489   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
490   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
491   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
492 
493   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
494   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
495   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
496   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
497   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
498   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
499 }
500 
501 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
502 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
503 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
504 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
505 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
506 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
507   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
508   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
509   LookupName(R, S, false);
510   R.suppressDiagnostics();
511   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
512     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
513       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
514       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
515       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
516       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
517       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
518       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
519       }
520     }
521 
522   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
523 }
524 
525 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
526 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
527 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
528 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
529 /// @code
530 /// template<class T> class A {
531 /// public:
532 ///   typedef int TYPE;
533 /// };
534 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
535 /// public:
536 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
537 /// };
538 /// @endcode
539 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
540   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
541     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
542       return true;
543 
544     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
545 
546     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
547     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
548       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
549         return true;
550     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
551   }
552   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
553 }
554 
555 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
556                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
557                                    Scope *S,
558                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
559                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
560                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
561   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
562   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
563 
564   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
565   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
566   if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
567           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
568                       llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(
569                           false, false, AllowClassTemplates),
570                       CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
571     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
572       // We corrected to a keyword.
573       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
574       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
575     } else {
576       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
577       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
578         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
579                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
580       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
581         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
582         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
583                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
584         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
585                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
586                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
587       } else {
588         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
589       }
590 
591       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
592       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
593         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
594                           SourceRange(IILoc));
595       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
596                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
597                                   false, ParsedType(),
598                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
599                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
600     }
601     return;
602   }
603 
604   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
605     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
606     UnqualifiedId Name;
607     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
608     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
609     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
610     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
611     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
612                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
613                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
614       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
615       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
616       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
617         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
618           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
619       }
620       return;
621     }
622   }
623 
624   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
625   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
626 
627   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
628     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
629   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
630     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
631       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
632   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
633     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
634     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
635       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
636 
637     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
638       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
639       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
640       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
641     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
642                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
643   } else {
644     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
645            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
646   }
647 }
648 
649 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
650 /// or
651 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
652   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
653                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
654 
655   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
656     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
657       return true;
658 
659     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
660       return true;
661   }
662 
663   return false;
664 }
665 
666 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
667                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
668                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
669                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
670   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
671   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
672   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
673     StringRef FixItTagName;
674     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
675       case TTK_Class:
676         FixItTagName = "class ";
677         break;
678 
679       case TTK_Enum:
680         FixItTagName = "enum ";
681         break;
682 
683       case TTK_Struct:
684         FixItTagName = "struct ";
685         break;
686 
687       case TTK_Interface:
688         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
689         break;
690 
691       case TTK_Union:
692         FixItTagName = "union ";
693         break;
694     }
695 
696     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
697     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
698       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
699       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
700 
701     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
702          I != IEnd; ++I)
703       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
704         << Name << TagName;
705 
706     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
707     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
708     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
709     return true;
710   }
711 
712   return false;
713 }
714 
715 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
716 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
717                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
718   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
719 
720   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
721   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
722 
723   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
724   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
725   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
726   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
727   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
728 }
729 
730 Sema::NameClassification
731 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
732                    SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
733                    bool IsAddressOfOperand,
734                    std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) {
735   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
736   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
737 
738   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
739     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
740                                 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false);
741   }
742 
743   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
744   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
745 
746   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
747   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
748   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
749     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
750             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
751       return TypeInBase;
752   }
753 
754   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
755   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
756   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
757   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
758   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
759     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
760     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
761       return E;
762   }
763 
764   bool SecondTry = false;
765   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
766 
767 Corrected:
768   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
769   case LookupResult::NotFound:
770     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
771     // call.
772     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
773       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
774       // FIXME: Reference?
775       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
776         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
777 
778       // C90 6.3.2.2:
779       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
780       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
781       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
782       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
783       //   the function call, the declaration
784       //
785       //     extern int identifier ();
786       //
787       //   appeared.
788       //
789       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
790       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
791         Result.addDecl(D);
792         Result.resolveKind();
793         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
794       }
795     }
796 
797     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
798     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
799     // "struct", or "union".
800     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
801         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
802       break;
803     }
804 
805     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
806     // close to this name.
807     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
808       SecondTry = true;
809       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
810                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
811                                                  &SS, std::move(CCC),
812                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
813         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
814         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
815 
816         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
817         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
818           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr;
819         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
820             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
821           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
822           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
823         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
824                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
825                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
826                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
827           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
828           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
829         }
830 
831         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
832           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
833         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
834           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
835           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
836                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
837           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
838                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
839                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
840         }
841 
842         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
843         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
844 
845         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
846         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
847           return Name;
848 
849         // Also update the LookupResult...
850         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
851         Result.clear();
852         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
853         if (FirstDecl)
854           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
855 
856         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
857         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
858         // reference the ivar.
859         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
860         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
861           Result.clear();
862           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
863           return E;
864         }
865 
866         goto Corrected;
867       }
868     }
869 
870     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
871     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
872     return NameClassification::Unknown();
873 
874   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
875     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
876     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
877     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
878 
879     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
880     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
881     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
882     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
883     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
884     //
885     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
886     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
887     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
888     // keyword here.
889     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
890                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
891                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
892   }
893 
894   case LookupResult::Found:
895   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
896   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
897     break;
898 
899   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
900     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
901         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
902       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
903       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
904       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
905       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
906       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
907       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
908       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
909       //   ambiguous.
910       //
911       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
912       // so try again after filtering out template names.
913       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
914       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
915         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
916         break;
917       }
918     }
919 
920     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
921     return NameClassification::Error();
922   }
923 
924   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
925       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
926     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
927     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
928     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
929     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
930     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
931     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
932     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
933       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
934 
935     if (!Result.empty()) {
936       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
937       bool IsVarTemplate;
938       TemplateName Template;
939       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
940         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
941         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
942                                                      Result.end());
943       } else {
944         TemplateDecl *TD
945           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
946         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
947         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
948 
949         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
950           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
951                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
952                                                       TD);
953         else
954           Template = TemplateName(TD);
955       }
956 
957       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
958         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
959         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
960         // to based on which function we selected.
961         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
962 
963         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
964       }
965 
966       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
967                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
968     }
969   }
970 
971   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
972   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
973     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
974     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
975     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
976     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
977       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
978     return ParsedType::make(T);
979   }
980 
981   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
982   if (!Class) {
983     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
984     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
985             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
986       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
987   }
988 
989   if (Class) {
990     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
991 
992     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
993       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
994       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
995       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
996       return NameClassification::Unknown();
997     }
998 
999     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
1000     return ParsedType::make(T);
1001   }
1002 
1003   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
1004   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
1005     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
1006         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1007 
1008   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
1009   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
1010   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star);
1011   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
1012        (NextIsOp &&
1013         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
1014       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
1015     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1016     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1017     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1018     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1019       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1020     return ParsedType::make(T);
1021   }
1022 
1023   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
1024     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
1025                                            nullptr, S);
1026 
1027   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1028   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
1029 }
1030 
1031 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
1032 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
1033 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
1034 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
1035 
1036   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
1037   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
1038   // the context we'll need to return to.
1039   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
1040   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
1041   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
1042   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
1043   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
1044   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
1045   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
1046   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1047   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1048   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1049     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1050 
1051     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1052     // lexical context.
1053     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1054       return DC;
1055 
1056     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1057     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
1058     // class is the context we need to return to.
1059     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1060       DC = RD;
1061 
1062     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1063     // declared in.
1064     return DC;
1065   }
1066 
1067   return DC->getLexicalParent();
1068 }
1069 
1070 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1071   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1072       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1073   CurContext = DC;
1074   S->setEntity(DC);
1075 }
1076 
1077 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1078   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1079 
1080   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1081   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1082 }
1083 
1084 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S,
1085                                                                     Decl *D) {
1086   // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily
1087   // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing
1088   // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one.
1089   auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext);
1090   CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition();
1091   assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag");
1092   // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look
1093   // into the pre-existing complete definition.
1094   S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent());
1095   return Result;
1096 }
1097 
1098 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) {
1099   CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context);
1100 }
1101 
1102 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1103 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1104 ///
1105 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1106   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1107   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1108   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1109   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1110   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1111   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1112   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1113   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1114   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1115   //   namespace.
1116   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1117   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1118   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1119   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1120   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1121 
1122   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1123 
1124 #ifndef NDEBUG
1125   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1126   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1127   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1128 #endif
1129 
1130   CurContext = DC;
1131   S->setEntity(DC);
1132 }
1133 
1134 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1135   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1136 
1137   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1138   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1139   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1140   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1141   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1142 
1143   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1144   // disappear.
1145 }
1146 
1147 
1148 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1149   // We assume that the caller has already called
1150   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1151   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1152   if (!FD)
1153     return;
1154 
1155   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1156   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1157   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1158     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1159   CurContext = FD;
1160   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1161 
1162   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1163     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1164     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1165     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1166       S->AddDecl(Param);
1167       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1168     }
1169   }
1170 }
1171 
1172 
1173 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1174   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1175   // rather than the top-level class.
1176   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1177   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1178   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1179 }
1180 
1181 
1182 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1183 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1184 ///
1185 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1186 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1187 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1188 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1189 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1190 /// attribute.
1191 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1192                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1193   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1194     return true;
1195 
1196   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1197     return true;
1198 
1199   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1200           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1201 }
1202 
1203 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1204 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1205   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1206   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1207   // scope.
1208   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1209     S = S->getParent();
1210 
1211   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1212   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1213   // into any context.
1214   if (AddToContext)
1215     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1216 
1217   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1218   // are function-local declarations.
1219   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1220       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1221         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1222       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1223     return;
1224 
1225   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1226   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1227       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1228     return;
1229 
1230   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1231   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1232                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1233   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1234     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1235       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1236       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1237 
1238       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1239       break;
1240     }
1241   }
1242 
1243   S->AddDecl(D);
1244 
1245   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1246     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1247     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1248     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1249     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1250       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1251       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1252         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1253           continue;
1254       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1255         break;
1256     }
1257 
1258     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1259   } else {
1260     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1261   }
1262 }
1263 
1264 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1265   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1266     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1267 }
1268 
1269 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1270                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1271   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1272 }
1273 
1274 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1275   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1276   do {
1277     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1278       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1279         return S;
1280   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1281 
1282   return nullptr;
1283 }
1284 
1285 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1286                                             DeclContext*,
1287                                             ASTContext&);
1288 
1289 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1290 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1291 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1292                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1293                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1294   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1295   while (F.hasNext()) {
1296     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1297 
1298     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1299       continue;
1300 
1301     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1302       continue;
1303 
1304     F.erase();
1305   }
1306 
1307   F.done();
1308 }
1309 
1310 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1311   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1312          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1313          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1314 }
1315 
1316 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1317 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1318   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1319   while (F.hasNext())
1320     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1321       F.erase();
1322 
1323   F.done();
1324 }
1325 
1326 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1327 /// @code
1328 /// class S {
1329 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1330 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1331 /// };
1332 /// @endcode
1333 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1334   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1335   // the decl here.
1336   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1337     return false;
1338 
1339   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1340     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1341   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1342     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1343   return false;
1344 }
1345 
1346 // We need this to handle
1347 //
1348 // typedef struct {
1349 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1350 // } A;
1351 //
1352 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1353 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1354 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1355 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1356 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1357 // not.
1358 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1359   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1360   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1361     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1362       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1363         return true;
1364     }
1365     DC = DC->getParent();
1366   }
1367 
1368   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1369 }
1370 
1371 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1372 // these semantics.
1373 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1374   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1375     return false;
1376   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1377 }
1378 
1379 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1380   assert(D);
1381 
1382   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1383     return false;
1384 
1385   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1386   // of members of class templates.
1387   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1388       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1389     return false;
1390 
1391   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1392     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1393       return false;
1394 
1395     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1396       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1397         return false;
1398     } else {
1399       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1400       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1401         return false;
1402     }
1403 
1404     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1405         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1406       return false;
1407   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1408     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1409     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1410     // like "inline".)
1411     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1412       return false;
1413 
1414     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1415       return false;
1416 
1417     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1418         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1419       return false;
1420   } else {
1421     return false;
1422   }
1423 
1424   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1425   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1426   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1427   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1428 }
1429 
1430 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1431   if (!D)
1432     return;
1433 
1434   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1435     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1436     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1437       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1438   }
1439 
1440   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1441     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1442     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1443       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1444   }
1445 
1446   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1447     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1448 }
1449 
1450 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1451   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1452     return false;
1453 
1454   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1455       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1456     return false;
1457 
1458   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1459     return true;
1460 
1461   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1462   // functions.
1463   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1464   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1465     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1466     WithinFunction =
1467         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1468   if (!WithinFunction)
1469     return false;
1470 
1471   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1472     return true;
1473 
1474   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1475   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1476     return false;
1477 
1478   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1479   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1480 
1481     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1482     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1483 
1484     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1485     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1486       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1487         return false;
1488     }
1489 
1490     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1491     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1492     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1493       return false;
1494 
1495     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1496       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1497       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1498         return false;
1499 
1500       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1501         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1502           return false;
1503 
1504         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1505           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1506                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1507             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1508           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1509             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1510           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1511             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1512             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1513               return false;
1514           }
1515         }
1516       }
1517     }
1518 
1519     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1520   }
1521 
1522   return true;
1523 }
1524 
1525 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1526                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1527   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1528     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1529                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1530     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1531       return;
1532     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1533                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1534   }
1535   return;
1536 }
1537 
1538 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1539   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1540     return;
1541 
1542   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1543     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1544       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1545     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1546       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1547   }
1548 }
1549 
1550 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1551 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1552 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1553   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1554     return;
1555 
1556   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1557     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1558     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1559     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1560     return;
1561   }
1562 
1563   FixItHint Hint;
1564   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1565 
1566   unsigned DiagID;
1567   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1568     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1569   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1570     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1571   else
1572     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1573 
1574   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1575 }
1576 
1577 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1578   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1579   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1580   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1581   // MS inline assembly label name.
1582   bool Diagnose = false;
1583   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1584     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1585   else
1586     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1587   if (Diagnose)
1588     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1589 }
1590 
1591 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1592   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1593 
1594   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1595   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1596          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1597 
1598   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1599     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1600 
1601     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1602     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1603 
1604     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1605 
1606     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1607     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1608       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1609       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1610         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1611     }
1612 
1613     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1614     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1615       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1616 
1617     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1618     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1619   }
1620 }
1621 
1622 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1623 ///
1624 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1625 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1626 /// to the fixed name.
1627 ///
1628 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1629 ///
1630 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1631 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1632 ///
1633 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1634 /// class could not be found.
1635 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1636                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1637                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1638   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1639   // creation from this context.
1640   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1641 
1642   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1643     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1644     // find an Objective-C class name.
1645     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(
1646             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1647             llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(),
1648             CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1649       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1650       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1651       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1652     }
1653   }
1654   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1655   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1656   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1657       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1658   return Def;
1659 }
1660 
1661 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1662 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1663 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1664 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1665 /// ill-formed in C++:
1666 /// @code
1667 /// struct S6 {
1668 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1669 /// };
1670 ///
1671 /// void test_S6() {
1672 ///   struct S6 a;
1673 ///   a.e = BAR;
1674 /// }
1675 /// @endcode
1676 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1677 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1678 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1679 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1680 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1681 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1682 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1683 /// contain non-field names.
1684 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1685   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1686          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1687          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1688     S = S->getParent();
1689   return S;
1690 }
1691 
1692 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1693 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1694 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1695 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1696 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1697                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1698   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1699     return;
1700   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1701 
1702   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1703                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1704   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1705   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1706     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1707       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1708 }
1709 
1710 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1711   switch (Error) {
1712   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1713     return "";
1714   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1715     return "stdio.h";
1716   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1717     return "setjmp.h";
1718   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1719     return "ucontext.h";
1720   }
1721   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1722 }
1723 
1724 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1725 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1726 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1727 /// built-in.
1728 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
1729                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1730                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1731   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1732 
1733   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1734   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
1735   if (Error) {
1736     if (ForRedeclaration)
1737       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
1738           << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
1739     return nullptr;
1740   }
1741 
1742   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) {
1743     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1744         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R;
1745     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) &&
1746         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1747       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
1748           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID)
1749           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
1750   }
1751 
1752   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1753   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1754     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1755         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1756                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1757     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1758     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1759     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1760   }
1761 
1762   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1763                                            Parent,
1764                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1765                                            SC_Extern,
1766                                            false,
1767                                            R->isFunctionProtoType());
1768   New->setImplicit();
1769 
1770   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1771   // FunctionDecl.
1772   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1773     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1774     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1775       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1776           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1777                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1778                               SC_None, nullptr);
1779       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1780       Params.push_back(parm);
1781     }
1782     New->setParams(Params);
1783   }
1784 
1785   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1786   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1787 
1788   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1789   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1790   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1791   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1792   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1793   CurContext = Parent;
1794   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1795   CurContext = SavedContext;
1796   return New;
1797 }
1798 
1799 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
1800 /// entity if their types are the same.
1801 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
1802 /// isSameEntity.
1803 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S,
1804                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
1805                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
1806   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1807   if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
1808     return;
1809 
1810   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1811   if (Previous.empty())
1812     return;
1813 
1814   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
1815   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
1816     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
1817 
1818     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1819     if (S.isVisible(Old))
1820       continue;
1821 
1822     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
1823     // different linkages.
1824     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1825       if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
1826                                 Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
1827         continue;
1828 
1829       // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage
1830       // purposes, then they declare the same entity.
1831       if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) &&
1832           Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName())
1833         continue;
1834     }
1835 
1836     if (!Old->isExternallyVisible())
1837       Filter.erase();
1838   }
1839 
1840   Filter.done();
1841 }
1842 
1843 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1844   QualType OldType;
1845   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1846     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1847   else
1848     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1849   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1850 
1851   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1852     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1853     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1854     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1855       << Kind << NewType;
1856     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1857       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1858     New->setInvalidDecl();
1859     return true;
1860   }
1861 
1862   if (OldType != NewType &&
1863       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1864       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1865       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1866     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1867     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1868       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1869     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1870       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1871     New->setInvalidDecl();
1872     return true;
1873   }
1874   return false;
1875 }
1876 
1877 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1878 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1879 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1880 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1881 ///
1882 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1883   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1884   // merging checks.
1885   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1886 
1887   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1888   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1889   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1890     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1891     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1892     default: break;
1893     case 2:
1894       {
1895         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1896           break;
1897         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1898         if (!T->isPointerType())
1899           break;
1900         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1901           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1902           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1903             break;
1904         }
1905         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1906         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1907         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1908         return;
1909       }
1910     case 5:
1911       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1912         break;
1913       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1914       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1915       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1916       return;
1917     case 3:
1918       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1919         break;
1920       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1921       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1922       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1923       return;
1924     }
1925     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1926   }
1927 
1928   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1929   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1930   if (!Old) {
1931     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1932       << New->getDeclName();
1933 
1934     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1935     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1936       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1937 
1938     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1939   }
1940 
1941   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1942   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1943     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1944 
1945   if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1946     auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true);
1947     auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName();
1948     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
1949     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag &&
1950         OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() &&
1951         !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) {
1952       // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it
1953       // instead of our tag.
1954       New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl());
1955       if (OldTD->isModed())
1956         New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
1957                                     OldTD->getUnderlyingType());
1958       else
1959         New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo());
1960 
1961       // Make the old tag definition visible.
1962       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation());
1963     }
1964   }
1965 
1966   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1967   // with any extensions enabled.
1968   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1969     return;
1970 
1971   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1972   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1973   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1974     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1975     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1976   }
1977 
1978   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1979     return;
1980 
1981   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1982     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1983     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1984     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1985     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1986     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1987       return;
1988 
1989     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1990     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1991     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1992     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1993     //
1994     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1995     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1996     //
1997     //   struct S {
1998     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1999     //   };
2000     //
2001     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
2002     // allow the above but disallow
2003     //
2004     //   struct S {
2005     //     typedef int I;
2006     //     typedef int I;
2007     //   };
2008     //
2009     // since that was the intent of DR56.
2010     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2011       return;
2012 
2013     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2014       << New->getDeclName();
2015     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2016     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2017   }
2018 
2019   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
2020   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
2021     return;
2022 
2023   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
2024   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
2025   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
2026   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
2027   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
2028       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
2029        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
2030     return;
2031 
2032   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
2033     << New->getDeclName();
2034   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2035 }
2036 
2037 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
2038 /// attribute.
2039 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
2040   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
2041   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
2042   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
2043     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
2044       if (Ann) {
2045         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
2046           return true;
2047         continue;
2048       }
2049       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
2050       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
2051         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2052       return true;
2053     }
2054 
2055   return false;
2056 }
2057 
2058 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2059   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2060     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2061   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2062     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2063   return true;
2064 }
2065 
2066 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2067 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2068 ///
2069 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2070 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2071   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2072   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2073   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2074   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2075   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2076   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2077     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2078     // in a case like:
2079     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2080     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2081     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2082     // definition in such a case.
2083     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2084       return false;
2085 
2086     if (I->isAlignas())
2087       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2088 
2089     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2090     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2091       OldAlign = Align;
2092       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2093     }
2094   }
2095 
2096   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2097   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2098   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2099   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2100     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2101       return false;
2102 
2103     if (I->isAlignas())
2104       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2105 
2106     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2107     if (Align > NewAlign)
2108       NewAlign = Align;
2109   }
2110 
2111   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2112     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2113     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2114     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2115     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2116 
2117     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2118     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2119     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2120       QualType Ty;
2121       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2122         Ty = VD->getType();
2123       else
2124         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2125 
2126       if (OldAlign == 0)
2127         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2128       if (NewAlign == 0)
2129         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2130     }
2131 
2132     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2133       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2134         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2135         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2136       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2137     }
2138   }
2139 
2140   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2141     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2142     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2143     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2144     //   equivalent alignment.
2145     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2146     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2147     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2148     //   have no alignment specifier.
2149     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2150       << OldAlignasAttr;
2151     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2152       << OldAlignasAttr;
2153   }
2154 
2155   bool AnyAdded = false;
2156 
2157   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2158   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2159     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2160     Clone->setInherited(true);
2161     New->addAttr(Clone);
2162     AnyAdded = true;
2163   }
2164 
2165   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2166   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2167       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2168     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2169     Clone->setInherited(true);
2170     New->addAttr(Clone);
2171     AnyAdded = true;
2172   }
2173 
2174   return AnyAdded;
2175 }
2176 
2177 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2178                                const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) {
2179   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2180   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
2181   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2182     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
2183                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
2184                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2185                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
2186                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2187   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2188     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2189                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
2190   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2191     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2192                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2193   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2194     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2195                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2196   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2197     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2198                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2199   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2200     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2201                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2202                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2203   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2204     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2205                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2206   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2207     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2208                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2209                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2210   else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr))
2211     NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(),
2212                                       &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()),
2213                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2214   else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr))
2215     NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2216   else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr))
2217     NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2218   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2219     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2220     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2221     NewAttr = nullptr;
2222   else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override)
2223     NewAttr = nullptr;
2224   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2225     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2226 
2227   if (NewAttr) {
2228     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2229     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2230     return true;
2231   }
2232 
2233   return false;
2234 }
2235 
2236 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2237   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2238     return TD->getDefinition();
2239   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2240     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2241     if (Def)
2242       return Def;
2243     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2244   }
2245   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2246     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2247     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
2248       return Def;
2249   }
2250   return nullptr;
2251 }
2252 
2253 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2254   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2255     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2256       return true;
2257   return false;
2258 }
2259 
2260 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2261 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2262 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2263   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2264     return;
2265 
2266   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2267   if (!Def || Def == New)
2268     return;
2269 
2270   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2271   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2272     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2273 
2274     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2275       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) {
2276         Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody;
2277         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody);
2278 
2279         // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute.
2280         if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) {
2281           NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2282           --E;
2283           continue;
2284         }
2285       } else {
2286         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2287         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2288                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2289                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2290                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2291         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2292         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2293         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2294       }
2295       ++I;
2296       continue;
2297     }
2298 
2299     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2300       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2301       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2302         ++I;
2303         continue;
2304       }
2305     }
2306 
2307     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2308       ++I;
2309       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2310     }
2311 
2312     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2313       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2314       ++I;
2315       continue;
2316     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2317       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2318         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2319         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2320         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2321         //   equivalent alignment.
2322         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2323         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2324         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2325         //   have no alignment specifier.
2326         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2327           << AA;
2328         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2329           << AA;
2330         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2331         --E;
2332         continue;
2333       }
2334     }
2335 
2336     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2337            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2338     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2339     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2340     --E;
2341   }
2342 }
2343 
2344 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2345 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2346                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2347   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2348     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2349     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2350     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2351   }
2352 
2353   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2354     return;
2355 
2356   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2357   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2358 
2359   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2360     return;
2361 
2362   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2363 
2364   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2365   // we process them.
2366   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2367 
2368   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2369     bool Override = false;
2370     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2371     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2372         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2373         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2374       switch (AMK) {
2375       case AMK_None:
2376         continue;
2377 
2378       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2379         break;
2380 
2381       case AMK_Override:
2382         Override = true;
2383         break;
2384       }
2385     }
2386 
2387     // Already handled.
2388     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2389       continue;
2390 
2391     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override))
2392       foundAny = true;
2393   }
2394 
2395   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2396     foundAny = true;
2397 
2398   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2399 }
2400 
2401 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2402 /// to the new one.
2403 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2404                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2405                                      Sema &S) {
2406   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2407   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2408   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2409   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2410   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2411   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2412     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2413            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2414     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2415     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2416     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2417       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2418     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2419       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2420     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2421            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2422   }
2423 
2424   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2425     return;
2426 
2427   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2428 
2429   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2430   // done before we process them.
2431   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2432 
2433   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2434     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2435       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2436         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2437       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2438       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2439       foundAny = true;
2440     }
2441   }
2442 
2443   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2444 }
2445 
2446 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam,
2447                                 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam,
2448                                 Sema &S) {
2449   if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2450     if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2451       if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) {
2452         S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr)
2453           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2454                *Newnullability,
2455                ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2456                 != 0))
2457           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2458                *Oldnullability,
2459                ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2460                 != 0));
2461         S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2462       }
2463     } else {
2464       QualType NewT = NewParam->getType();
2465       NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType(
2466                          AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability),
2467                          NewT, NewT);
2468       NewParam->setType(NewT);
2469     }
2470   }
2471 }
2472 
2473 namespace {
2474 
2475 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2476 /// C.
2477 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2478   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2479   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2480   QualType PromotedType;
2481 };
2482 
2483 }
2484 
2485 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2486 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2487   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2488     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2489       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2490 
2491     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2492       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2493 
2494     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2495       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2496   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2497     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2498   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2499     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2500   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2501     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2502   }
2503 
2504   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2505 }
2506 
2507 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2508 // declaration, or a declaration.
2509 template <typename T>
2510 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2511 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2512   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2513   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2514   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2515     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2516   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2517     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2518     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2519       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2520   } else
2521     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2522   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2523 }
2524 
2525 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2526 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2527 /// GNU89 mode.
2528 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2529                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2530   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2531           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2532           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2533           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2534 }
2535 
2536 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2537   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2538   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2539     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2540   return AT;
2541 }
2542 
2543 template <typename T>
2544 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2545   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2546   if (DC->isRecord())
2547     return false;
2548 
2549   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2550   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2551     return true;
2552   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2553     return true;
2554   return false;
2555 }
2556 
2557 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); }
2558 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; }
2559 
2560 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a
2561 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload
2562 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration).
2563 template<typename ExpectedDecl>
2564 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS,
2565                                    ExpectedDecl *New) {
2566   // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
2567   //   Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of
2568   //   which specifies the same unqualified name,
2569   //   -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions
2570   //      and function templates; or
2571   //   -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration
2572   //      name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all
2573   //      refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions
2574   //      and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration
2575   //      name is hidden (3.3.10).
2576 
2577   // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2578   //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2579   //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2580   //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2581   //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2582 
2583   auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl());
2584   if (Old &&
2585       !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2586           New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2587       !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New)))
2588     Old = nullptr;
2589 
2590   if (!Old) {
2591     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2592     S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
2593     S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2594     return true;
2595   }
2596   return false;
2597 }
2598 
2599 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2600 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2601 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2602 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2603 ///
2604 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2605 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2606 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2607 /// merged with.
2608 ///
2609 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2610 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2611                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2612   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2613   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2614   if (!Old) {
2615     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2616       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2617         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2618         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2619              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2620         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2621              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2622         return true;
2623       }
2624 
2625       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2626       if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
2627         return true;
2628       OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2629     } else {
2630       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2631         << New->getDeclName();
2632       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2633       return true;
2634     }
2635   }
2636 
2637   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2638   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2639     return true;
2640 
2641   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2642   SourceLocation OldLocation;
2643   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2644       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2645 
2646   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2647   // is an extern inline function.
2648   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2649   // storage classes.
2650   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2651       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2652       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2653       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2654       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2655     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2656       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2657       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2658     } else {
2659       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2660       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2661       return true;
2662     }
2663   }
2664 
2665 
2666   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2667   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2668   // convention of the first.
2669   //
2670   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2671   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2672   //
2673   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2674   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2675   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2676   //
2677   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2678   // other tests to run.
2679   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2680   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2681   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2682   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2683   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2684   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2685   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2686 
2687   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2688     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2689     const FunctionType *FT =
2690         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2691     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2692     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2693     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2694       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2695       // there but not here.
2696       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2697       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2698     } else {
2699       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2700       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2701       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2702         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2703         << !FirstCCExplicit
2704         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2705             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2706 
2707       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2708       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2709       return true;
2710     }
2711   }
2712 
2713   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2714   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2715     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2716     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2717   }
2718 
2719   // Merge regparm attribute.
2720   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2721       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2722     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2723       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2724         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2725         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2726       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2727       return true;
2728     }
2729 
2730     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2731     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2732   }
2733 
2734   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2735   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2736     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2737       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2738       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2739       return true;
2740     }
2741 
2742     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2743     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2744   }
2745 
2746   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2747     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2748     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2749     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2750     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2751     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2752   }
2753 
2754   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2755   // UndefinedButUsed.
2756   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2757       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2758       !getLangOpts().GNUInline &&
2759       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2760       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2761     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2762                                            SourceLocation()));
2763 
2764   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2765   // about it.
2766   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2767       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2768     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2769   }
2770 
2771   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2772     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2773     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2774     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2775     //        cannot be overloaded.
2776 
2777     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2778     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2779     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2780     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2781     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2782     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2783         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2784              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2785              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2786     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2787         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2788              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2789              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2790     QualType ResQT;
2791     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2792         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2793           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2794       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2795           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2796         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2797       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2798         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2799           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
2800               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2801         else
2802           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
2803               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2804         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
2805                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2806         return true;
2807       }
2808       else
2809         NewQType = ResQT;
2810     }
2811 
2812     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2813     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2814     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2815       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2816       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2817       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2818       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2819         New->setType(
2820             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2821                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2822                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2823         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2824             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2825                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2826                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2827       }
2828     }
2829 
2830     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2831     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2832     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2833       // Preserve triviality.
2834       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2835 
2836       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2837       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2838       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2839       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2840                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2841                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2842       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2843 
2844       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2845           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2846         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2847         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2848         //       is a static member function declaration.
2849         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2850           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2851           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2852           return true;
2853         }
2854 
2855         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2856         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2857         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2858         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2859         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2860           unsigned NewDiag;
2861           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2862             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2863           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2864             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2865           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2866             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2867           else
2868             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2869 
2870           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2871         } else {
2872           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2873             << New << New->getType();
2874         }
2875         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2876         return true;
2877 
2878       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2879       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2880       //
2881       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2882       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2883       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2884         if (isFriend) {
2885           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2886         } else {
2887           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2888                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2889             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2890           return true;
2891         }
2892       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2893         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2894              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2895           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2896         return true;
2897       }
2898     }
2899 
2900     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2901     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2902     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2903     //   attribute.
2904     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2905     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2906       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2907       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2908            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2909     }
2910 
2911     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2912     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2913     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2914     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2915     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2916     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2917       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2918            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2919       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2920            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2921     }
2922 
2923     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2924     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2925     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2926     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2927 
2928     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2929     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2930     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2931       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2932       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2933         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2934       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2935       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2936     }
2937 
2938     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2939       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2940       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2941       //
2942       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2943       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2944       // linkage within class scope.
2945       //
2946       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2947       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2948         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2949         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2950       } else {
2951         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2952         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2953         return true;
2954       }
2955     }
2956 
2957     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2958       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2959 
2960     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2961         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2962       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2963       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2964       // when we instantiate the function.
2965       return false;
2966     }
2967 
2968     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2969   }
2970 
2971   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2972   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2973   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2974       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2975     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2976     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2977     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
2978     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2979         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2980       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2981       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2982       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2983       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
2984       NewQType =
2985           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
2986                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2987       New->setType(NewQType);
2988       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2989 
2990       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
2991       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2992       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
2993         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
2994                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2995                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2996                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
2997         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2998         Param->setImplicit();
2999         Params.push_back(Param);
3000       }
3001 
3002       New->setParams(Params);
3003     }
3004 
3005     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3006   }
3007 
3008   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
3009   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
3010   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
3011   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
3012   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
3013   // the prototype.
3014   //
3015   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
3016   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
3017   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
3018   // C99 6.9.1p8.
3019   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3020       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
3021       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
3022       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
3023     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
3024     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
3025     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
3026       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3027     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
3028       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3029 
3030     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
3031     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
3032                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
3033     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
3034     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
3035          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
3036       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
3037       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
3038       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3039                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
3040         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3041       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3042                                             NewParm->getType(),
3043                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
3044         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
3045                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
3046         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
3047         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3048       } else
3049         LooseCompatible = false;
3050     }
3051 
3052     if (LooseCompatible) {
3053       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
3054         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
3055              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
3056           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
3057           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
3058         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
3059           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
3060                diag::note_previous_declaration);
3061       }
3062 
3063       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3064         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
3065                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
3066       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3067     }
3068 
3069     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
3070   }
3071 
3072   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
3073   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
3074 
3075   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
3076   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
3077   unsigned BuiltinID;
3078   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
3079     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
3080     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
3081     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
3082       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
3083       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3084         << Old << Old->getType();
3085 
3086       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
3087       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
3088       //
3089       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
3090       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
3091       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
3092       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
3093       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
3094       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3095         New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin();
3096 
3097       return false;
3098     }
3099 
3100     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
3101   }
3102 
3103   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
3104   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3105   return true;
3106 }
3107 
3108 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
3109 /// known to be compatible.
3110 ///
3111 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
3112 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
3113 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
3114 /// redeclaration of Old.
3115 ///
3116 /// \returns false
3117 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3118                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3119   // Merge the attributes
3120   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3121 
3122   // Merge "pure" flag.
3123   if (Old->isPure())
3124     New->setPure();
3125 
3126   // Merge "used" flag.
3127   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3128     New->setIsUsed();
3129 
3130   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3131   // declarations.
3132   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3133       for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
3134         ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i);
3135         ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i);
3136         mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3137         mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3138       }
3139 
3140   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3141     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3142 
3143   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3144   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3145   // was visible.
3146   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3147   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3148     New->setType(Merged);
3149 
3150   return false;
3151 }
3152 
3153 
3154 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3155                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3156 
3157   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3158   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3159     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3160                                                    : AMK_Override;
3161   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3162 
3163   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3164   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3165                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3166   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3167          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3168        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3169     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3170 
3171   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3172 }
3173 
3174 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3175 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3176 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3177 ///
3178 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3179 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3180 /// is attached.
3181 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3182                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3183   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3184     return;
3185 
3186   QualType MergedT;
3187   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3188     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3189       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3190       return;
3191     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3192       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3193       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3194     }
3195     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3196     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3197     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3198     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3199     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3200     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
3201              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3202       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3203       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3204       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3205                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3206         MergedT = New->getType();
3207     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
3208                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3209       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3210       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3211       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3212                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3213         MergedT = Old->getType();
3214     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3215                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3216       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3217                                               Old->getType());
3218     }
3219   } else {
3220     // C 6.2.7p2:
3221     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3222     //   compatible type.
3223     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3224   }
3225   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3226     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3227     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3228     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3229     // equivalent.
3230     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3231     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3232          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3233       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3234       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3235       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3236       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3237         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3238       return;
3239     }
3240 
3241     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
3242     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
3243     //
3244     //   extern int arr[];
3245     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
3246     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
3247     //
3248     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
3249     // to diagnose it.
3250     Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()
3251                                  ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type
3252                                  : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type)
3253         << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3254 
3255     diag::kind PrevDiag;
3256     SourceLocation OldLocation;
3257     std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3258         getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3259     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3260     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3261   }
3262 
3263   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3264   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3265   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3266     New->setType(MergedT);
3267 }
3268 
3269 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3270                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3271   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3272   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3273   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3274   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3275   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3276   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3277   //
3278   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3279   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3280     return false;
3281 
3282   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3283     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3284     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3285     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3286     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3287     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3288            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3289             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3290   } else {
3291     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3292     // type unless we're in the same function.
3293     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3294            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3295   }
3296 }
3297 
3298 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3299 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3300 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3301 ///
3302 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3303 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3304 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3305 ///
3306 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3307   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3308   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3309     return;
3310 
3311   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3312 
3313   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3314   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3315   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3316   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3317     if (NewTemplate) {
3318       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3319       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3320 
3321       if (auto *Shadow =
3322               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3323         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate))
3324           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3325     } else {
3326       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3327 
3328       if (auto *Shadow =
3329               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3330         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
3331           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3332     }
3333   }
3334   if (!Old) {
3335     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3336       << New->getDeclName();
3337     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3338          diag::note_previous_definition);
3339     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3340   }
3341 
3342   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
3343     return;
3344 
3345   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3346   if (NewTemplate &&
3347       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3348                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3349                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3350     return;
3351 
3352   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3353   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3354   //
3355   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3356   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3357     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3358       << New->getIdentifier();
3359     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3360     New->setInvalidDecl();
3361   }
3362 
3363   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3364   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3365   // declaration
3366   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3367       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3368       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3369     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3370     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3371     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3372     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3373   }
3374 
3375   // Merge the types.
3376   VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl();
3377   if (MostRecent != Old) {
3378     MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent,
3379                       mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous));
3380     if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3381       return;
3382   }
3383 
3384   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3385   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3386     return;
3387 
3388   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3389   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3390   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3391       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3392 
3393   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3394   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3395       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3396       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3397     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3398       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3399           << New->getDeclName();
3400       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3401     } else {
3402       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3403           << New->getDeclName();
3404       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3405       return New->setInvalidDecl();
3406     }
3407   }
3408   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3409   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3410   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3411   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3412   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3413   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3414   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3415   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3416   //   identifier has external linkage.
3417   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3418     /* Okay */;
3419   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3420            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3421            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3422     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3423     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3424     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3425   }
3426 
3427   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3428   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3429       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) {
3430     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3431     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3432     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3433   }
3434   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() &&
3435       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3436     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3437     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3438     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3439   }
3440 
3441   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3442 
3443   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3444   // need to check for mismatches.
3445   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3446       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3447       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3448         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3449     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3450     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3451     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3452   }
3453 
3454   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3455     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3456       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3457       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3458     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3459       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3460       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3461     } else {
3462       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3463       // static and dynamic initialization.
3464       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3465       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3466       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3467         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3468       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3469     }
3470   }
3471 
3472   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3473   VarDecl *Def;
3474   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3475       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3476       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3477     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
3478     if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) &&
3479         (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
3480          New->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
3481          New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
3482          New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
3483       // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
3484       // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it.
3485     } else {
3486       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3487       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3488       New->setInvalidDecl();
3489       return;
3490     }
3491   }
3492 
3493   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3494     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3495     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3496     New->setInvalidDecl();
3497     return;
3498   }
3499 
3500   // Merge "used" flag.
3501   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3502     New->setIsUsed();
3503 
3504   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3505   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3506   if (NewTemplate)
3507     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3508 
3509   // Inherit access appropriately.
3510   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3511   if (NewTemplate)
3512     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3513 }
3514 
3515 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3516 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3517 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3518                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3519   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3520 }
3521 
3522 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to
3523 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes.
3524 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks
3525 // compatibility.
3526 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being
3527 // targeted.
3528 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) {
3529   return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015)
3530              ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber()
3531              : S->getMSLastManglingNumber();
3532 }
3533 
3534 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3535   if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3536     return;
3537 
3538   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3539     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3540     // it is anonymous.
3541     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3542       return;
3543     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3544         Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3545     Context.setManglingNumber(
3546         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(
3547                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3548     return;
3549   }
3550 
3551   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3552   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3553   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
3554           Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
3555     Context.setManglingNumber(
3556         Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
3557                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3558   }
3559 }
3560 
3561 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
3562                                         TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
3563   if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl())
3564     return;
3565 
3566   // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes.
3567   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage())
3568     return;
3569 
3570   // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
3571   assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
3572 
3573   // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
3574   if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(),
3575                            Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) {
3576     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3577       Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
3578     return;
3579   }
3580 
3581   // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
3582   // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
3583   // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
3584   // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
3585   // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
3586   // for how to handle it.
3587   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
3588     Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
3589 
3590     SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart();
3591     tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
3592 
3593     llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
3594     textToInsert += ' ';
3595     textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName();
3596     Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
3597         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
3598     return;
3599   }
3600 
3601   // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
3602   TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
3603 }
3604 
3605 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) {
3606   switch (T) {
3607   case DeclSpec::TST_class:
3608     return 0;
3609   case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
3610     return 1;
3611   case DeclSpec::TST_interface:
3612     return 2;
3613   case DeclSpec::TST_union:
3614     return 3;
3615   case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
3616     return 4;
3617   default:
3618     llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier");
3619   }
3620 }
3621 
3622 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3623 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3624 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3625 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3626                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3627                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3628                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3629   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
3630   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
3631   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3632       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3633       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3634       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3635       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3636     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3637 
3638     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3639       return nullptr;
3640 
3641     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3642     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3643     // it's a Type.
3644     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3645       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3646     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3647       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3648   }
3649 
3650   if (Tag) {
3651     handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
3652     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3653     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3654       return Tag;
3655   }
3656 
3657   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3658     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3659     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3660     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3661       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3662            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3663            << DS.getSourceRange();
3664   }
3665 
3666   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3667     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3668     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3669     if (Tag)
3670       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3671           << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType());
3672     else
3673       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3674     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3675     return TagD;
3676   }
3677 
3678   if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) {
3679     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to
3680     // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and
3681     // its initializer.
3682     Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
3683     return TagD;
3684   }
3685 
3686   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3687 
3688   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3689     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3690     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3691     if (TagD && !Tag)
3692       return nullptr;
3693     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3694   }
3695 
3696   const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3697   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3698     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3699   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3700       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3701     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3702     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3703     // or an explicit specialization.
3704     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3705     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3706         << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange();
3707     return nullptr;
3708   }
3709 
3710   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3711   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3712 
3713   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3714   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3715     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3716         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3717       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3718           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3719         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record,
3720                                            Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3721 
3722       DeclaresAnything = false;
3723     }
3724   }
3725 
3726   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
3727   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
3728   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
3729   //
3730   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
3731   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
3732   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
3733       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3734     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
3735     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
3736     //   struct STRUCT;
3737     //   union UNION;
3738     // and
3739     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3740     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
3741     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
3742         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
3743       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
3744       if (Tag)
3745         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3746       else if (const RecordType *RT =
3747                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
3748         Record = RT->getDecl();
3749       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
3750         Record = UT->getDecl();
3751 
3752       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3753         Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
3754           << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
3755         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3756       }
3757 
3758       DeclaresAnything = false;
3759     }
3760   }
3761 
3762   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3763   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3764       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3765     return TagD;
3766 
3767   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3768       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3769     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3770       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3771           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3772         DeclaresAnything = false;
3773 
3774   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3775     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3776     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3777       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3778         << DS.getSourceRange();
3779     else
3780       DeclaresAnything = false;
3781   }
3782 
3783   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3784       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3785     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3786       << Tag->getTagKind()
3787       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3788 
3789   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3790 
3791   // C 6.7/2:
3792   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3793   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3794   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3795   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3796   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3797   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3798   //   previous declaration.
3799   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3800     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3801     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3802     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3803     return TagD;
3804   }
3805 
3806   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3807   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3808   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3809   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3810   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3811   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3812   //
3813   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3814   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3815   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3816     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3817 
3818   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3819   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3820   // useless.
3821   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
3822     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
3823       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
3824       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
3825       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3826     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3827       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3828         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3829   }
3830 
3831   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3832     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3833       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3834   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3835     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3836       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3837     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3838       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3839     // Restrict is covered above.
3840     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3841       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3842   }
3843 
3844   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3845   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3846   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3847   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3848     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3849     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3850         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3851         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3852         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3853         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3854       for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs;
3855            attrs = attrs->getNext())
3856         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3857             << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType);
3858     }
3859   }
3860 
3861   return TagD;
3862 }
3863 
3864 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3865 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3866 ///
3867 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3868 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3869                                          Scope *S,
3870                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3871                                          DeclarationName Name,
3872                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3873                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3874   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3875                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3876   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3877 
3878   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3879     return false;
3880 
3881   // Pick a representative declaration.
3882   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3883   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3884 
3885   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3886     return false;
3887 
3888   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3889   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3890 
3891   return true;
3892 }
3893 
3894 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3895 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3896 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3897 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3898 /// struct, e.g.,
3899 ///
3900 /// @code
3901 /// union {
3902 ///   int i;
3903 ///   float f;
3904 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3905 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3906 /// @endcode
3907 ///
3908 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3909 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3910 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3911                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3912                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3913                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3914                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3915                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3916   unsigned diagKind
3917     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3918                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3919 
3920   bool Invalid = false;
3921 
3922   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3923   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
3924     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
3925         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
3926       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3927       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3928                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3929         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3930         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3931         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3932         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3933         Invalid = true;
3934       } else {
3935         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3936         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3937         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3938         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3939         //   anonymous union is declared.
3940         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3941         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3942           Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end());
3943         else
3944           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3945 
3946         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3947         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3948           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3949         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3950           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3951 
3952         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
3953             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
3954             VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3955 
3956         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
3957           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
3958 
3959         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3960         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3961         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3962 
3963         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3964         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3965 
3966         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3967       }
3968     }
3969   }
3970 
3971   return Invalid;
3972 }
3973 
3974 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3975 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3976 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3977 static StorageClass
3978 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3979   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3980   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3981          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3982   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3983   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3984   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3985     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3986       return SC_None;
3987     return SC_Extern;
3988   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3989   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3990   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3991   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3992     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3993   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3994   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3995   }
3996   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3997 }
3998 
3999 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
4000   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
4001 
4002   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
4003     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
4004     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
4005       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
4006     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
4007       return FD->getLocation();
4008   }
4009 
4010   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
4011 }
4012 
4013 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4014                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
4015   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4016     return;
4017 
4018   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
4019   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
4020 }
4021 
4022 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4023                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
4024   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4025     return;
4026 
4027   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
4028 }
4029 
4030 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
4031 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
4032 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
4033 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
4034 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4035                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
4036                                         RecordDecl *Record,
4037                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
4038   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
4039 
4040   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
4041   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
4042     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
4043   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4044     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
4045   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
4046     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
4047 
4048   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
4049   // structs/unions.
4050   bool Invalid = false;
4051   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4052     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
4053     unsigned DiagID;
4054     if (Record->isUnion()) {
4055       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4056       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
4057       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
4058       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
4059           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
4060            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
4061             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
4062         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
4063           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
4064 
4065         // Recover by adding 'static'.
4066         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
4067                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
4068       }
4069       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4070       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
4071       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
4072       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
4073                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4074         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4075              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
4076           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4077 
4078         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
4079         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
4080                                SourceLocation(),
4081                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4082       }
4083     }
4084 
4085     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
4086     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4087       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4088         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4089           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
4090           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
4091       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4092         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
4093              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4094           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
4095           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
4096       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
4097         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
4098              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4099           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
4100           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
4101       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4102         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
4103              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4104           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
4105           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
4106 
4107       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
4108     }
4109 
4110     // C++ [class.union]p2:
4111     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
4112     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
4113     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
4114     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
4115       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
4116         // C++ [class.union]p3:
4117         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
4118         //   members (clause 11).
4119         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
4120         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
4121           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
4122             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
4123           Invalid = true;
4124         }
4125 
4126         // C++ [class.union]p1
4127         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
4128         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
4129         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
4130         //   array of such objects.
4131         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
4132           Invalid = true;
4133       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
4134         // Any implicit members are fine.
4135       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
4136         // This is a type that showed up in an
4137         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
4138         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
4139         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
4140       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
4141         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
4142             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
4143           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4144           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
4145             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4146               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4147           else {
4148             // This is a nested type declaration.
4149             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4150               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4151             Invalid = true;
4152           }
4153         } else {
4154           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
4155           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
4156           // not part of standard C++.
4157           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
4158                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
4159             << (int)Record->isUnion();
4160         }
4161       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
4162         // Any access specifier is fine.
4163       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
4164         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
4165       } else {
4166         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
4167         // member. Complain about it.
4168         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
4169         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
4170           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
4171         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
4172           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
4173         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
4174           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
4175 
4176         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4177         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
4178             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4179           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4180             << (int)Record->isUnion();
4181         else {
4182           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK)
4183               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4184           Invalid = true;
4185         }
4186       }
4187     }
4188 
4189     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
4190     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
4191     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
4192     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
4193         Owner->isRecord())
4194       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
4195                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
4196   }
4197 
4198   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
4199     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
4200       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
4201     Invalid = true;
4202   }
4203 
4204   // Mock up a declarator.
4205   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
4206   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4207   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
4208 
4209   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
4210   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
4211   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4212     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
4213                              DS.getLocStart(),
4214                              Record->getLocation(),
4215                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4216                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4217                              TInfo,
4218                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4219                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4220     Anon->setAccess(AS);
4221     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4222       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
4223   } else {
4224     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4225     StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
4226     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4227       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4228       // an error here
4229       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4230       Invalid = true;
4231       SC = SC_None;
4232     }
4233 
4234     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
4235                            DS.getLocStart(),
4236                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4237                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4238                            TInfo, SC);
4239 
4240     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
4241     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
4242     // initializer:
4243     //   union { int n = 0; };
4244     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
4245   }
4246   Anon->setImplicit();
4247 
4248   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
4249   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
4250 
4251   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
4252   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
4253   // its members.
4254   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
4255 
4256   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
4257   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4258   // purposes.
4259   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4260   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4261 
4262   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
4263                                           Chain, false))
4264     Invalid = true;
4265 
4266   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
4267     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4268       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4269       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
4270               NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
4271         Context.setManglingNumber(
4272             NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
4273                        NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
4274         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
4275       }
4276     }
4277   }
4278 
4279   if (Invalid)
4280     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4281 
4282   return Anon;
4283 }
4284 
4285 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
4286 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
4287 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
4288 /// Example:
4289 ///
4290 /// struct A { int a; };
4291 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
4292 ///
4293 /// void foo() {
4294 ///   B var;
4295 ///   var.a = 3;
4296 /// }
4297 ///
4298 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4299                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
4300   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
4301 
4302   // Mock up a declarator.
4303   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
4304   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4305   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
4306 
4307   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
4308   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
4309 
4310   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
4311   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
4312                              ParentDecl,
4313                              DS.getLocStart(),
4314                              DS.getLocStart(),
4315                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4316                              RecTy,
4317                              TInfo,
4318                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4319                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4320   Anon->setImplicit();
4321 
4322   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
4323   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
4324 
4325   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
4326   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4327   // purposes.
4328   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4329   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4330 
4331   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
4332   if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
4333                           diag::err_field_incomplete) ||
4334       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
4335                                           AS_none, Chain, true)) {
4336     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4337     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4338   }
4339 
4340   return Anon;
4341 }
4342 
4343 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
4344 /// given Declarator.
4345 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
4346   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
4347 }
4348 
4349 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
4350 DeclarationNameInfo
4351 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4352   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
4353   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4354 
4355   switch (Name.getKind()) {
4356 
4357   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
4358   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
4359     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
4360     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4361     return NameInfo;
4362 
4363   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
4364     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
4365                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
4366     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4367     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
4368       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
4369     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
4370       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
4371     return NameInfo;
4372 
4373   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
4374     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
4375                                                            Name.Identifier));
4376     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4377     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
4378     return NameInfo;
4379 
4380   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
4381     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4382     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
4383     if (Ty.isNull())
4384       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4385     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
4386                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4387     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4388     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4389     return NameInfo;
4390   }
4391 
4392   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
4393     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4394     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
4395     if (Ty.isNull())
4396       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4397     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4398                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4399     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4400     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4401     return NameInfo;
4402   }
4403 
4404   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
4405     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
4406     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
4407     // to find the actual type being constructed.
4408     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
4409     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4410       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4411 
4412     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4413     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4414 
4415     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4416     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4417     // was qualified.
4418 
4419     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4420                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4421     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4422     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4423     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4424     return NameInfo;
4425   }
4426 
4427   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4428     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4429     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
4430     if (Ty.isNull())
4431       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4432     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4433                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4434     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4435     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4436     return NameInfo;
4437   }
4438 
4439   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4440     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4441     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4442     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4443   }
4444 
4445   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4446 
4447   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4448 }
4449 
4450 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4451   do {
4452     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4453       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4454     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4455       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4456     else
4457       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4458   } while (true);
4459 }
4460 
4461 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4462 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4463 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4464 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4465 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4466 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4467 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4468 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4469                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4470                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4471                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4472   Params.clear();
4473   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4474     return false;
4475   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4476     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4477     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4478 
4479     // The parameter types are identical
4480     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4481       continue;
4482 
4483     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4484     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4485     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4486     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4487 
4488     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4489         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4490       Params.push_back(Idx);
4491     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4492       return false;
4493   }
4494 
4495   return true;
4496 }
4497 
4498 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4499 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4500 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4501 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4502 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4503 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4504                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4505   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4506   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4507   //   - types which will become injected class names
4508   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4509   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4510   // few cases here.
4511 
4512   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4513   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4514   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4515   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4516   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4517   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4518     // Grab the type from the parser.
4519     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4520     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4521     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4522 
4523     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4524     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4525     // attached already.
4526     if (!TSI)
4527       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4528 
4529     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4530     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4531     if (!TSI) return true;
4532 
4533     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4534     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4535     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4536     break;
4537   }
4538 
4539   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4540   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4541     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4542     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4543     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4544     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4545     break;
4546   }
4547 
4548   default:
4549     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4550     break;
4551   }
4552 
4553   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4554   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4555     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4556 
4557     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4558     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4559     // pointer.
4560     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4561       continue;
4562 
4563     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4564     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4565     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4566       return true;
4567   }
4568 
4569   return false;
4570 }
4571 
4572 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4573   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4574   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4575 
4576   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4577       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4578     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4579 
4580   return Dcl;
4581 }
4582 
4583 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4584 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4585 ///   name different from T:
4586 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4587 ///     - every member function of class T
4588 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4589 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4590 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4591                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4592   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4593 
4594   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4595     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4596       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4597       return true;
4598     }
4599 
4600   return false;
4601 }
4602 
4603 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4604 /// nested-name-specifier.
4605 ///
4606 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4607 ///
4608 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4609 /// resolves.
4610 ///
4611 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4612 ///
4613 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4614 ///
4615 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4616 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4617                                         DeclarationName Name,
4618                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4619   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4620   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4621     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4622 
4623   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4624   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4625   //
4626   // class X {
4627   //   void X::f();
4628   // };
4629   //
4630   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4631   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4632   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4633     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4634       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4635                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4636         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4637       SS.clear();
4638     } else {
4639       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4640     }
4641     return false;
4642   }
4643 
4644   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4645   // declaration.
4646   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4647     if (Cur->isRecord())
4648       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4649         << Name << SS.getRange();
4650     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4651       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4652         << Name << SS.getRange();
4653     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4654       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4655         << Name << SS.getRange();
4656     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4657       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4658         << Name << SS.getRange();
4659     else
4660       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4661       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4662 
4663     return true;
4664   }
4665 
4666   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4667     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4668     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4669       << Name << SS.getRange();
4670     SS.clear();
4671 
4672     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4673     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4674     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4675     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4676          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4677         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4678                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4679       return true;
4680 
4681     return false;
4682   }
4683 
4684   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4685   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4686   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4687   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4688   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4689     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4690   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4691         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4692     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4693       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4694 
4695   return false;
4696 }
4697 
4698 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4699                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4700   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4701   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4702   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4703 
4704   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4705   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4706   if (!Name) {
4707     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4708       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4709            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4710         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4711     return nullptr;
4712   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4713     return nullptr;
4714 
4715   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4716   // we find one that is.
4717   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4718          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4719     S = S->getParent();
4720 
4721   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4722   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4723     D.setInvalidType();
4724   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4725     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4726                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4727       return nullptr;
4728 
4729     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4730     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4731     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4732       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4733       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4734       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4735       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4736       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4737            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4738         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4739         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4740       return nullptr;
4741     }
4742     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4743 
4744     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4745         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4746       return nullptr;
4747 
4748     // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it.
4749     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4750       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4751            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4752         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4753       return nullptr;
4754     }
4755     if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4756       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4757                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4758         if (DC->isRecord())
4759           return nullptr;
4760 
4761         D.setInvalidType();
4762       }
4763     }
4764 
4765     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4766     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4767     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4768         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4769       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4770       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4771         D.setInvalidType();
4772     }
4773   }
4774 
4775   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4776   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4777 
4778   if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4779     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4780     // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the
4781     // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it.
4782     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4783       return nullptr;
4784 
4785   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4786                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4787     D.setInvalidType();
4788 
4789   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4790                         ForRedeclaration);
4791 
4792   // If we're hiding internal-linkage symbols in modules from redeclaration
4793   // lookup, let name lookup know.
4794   if ((getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) &&
4795       getLangOpts().ModulesHideInternalLinkage &&
4796       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4797     Previous.setAllowHiddenInternal(false);
4798 
4799   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4800   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4801     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4802     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4803 
4804     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4805     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4806     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4807     //
4808     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4809     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4810     // the same name.
4811     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4812       /* Do nothing*/;
4813     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4814              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4815               R->isFunctionType())) {
4816       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4817       CreateBuiltins =
4818           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4819     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4820                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4821       CreateBuiltins = true;
4822 
4823     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4824       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4825 
4826     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4827   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4828     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4829 
4830     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4831     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4832     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4833     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4834     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4835     //  thereof; [...]
4836     //
4837     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4838     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4839     // we want to match. For example, given:
4840     //
4841     //   class X {
4842     //     void f();
4843     //     void f(float);
4844     //   };
4845     //
4846     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4847     //
4848     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4849     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4850     // matches.
4851 
4852     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4853     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4854     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4855     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4856     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4857   }
4858 
4859   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4860       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4861     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4862     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4863       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4864                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4865 
4866     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4867     Previous.clear();
4868   }
4869 
4870   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4871   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4872   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4873   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4874   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4875       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4876     Previous.clear();
4877 
4878   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4879   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4880   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4881     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4882 
4883   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) {
4884     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
4885     // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable
4886     // template, declared in namespace scope
4887     if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4888       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
4889            diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
4890       return nullptr;
4891     }
4892 
4893     if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
4894       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4895            diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope);
4896       return nullptr;
4897     }
4898   }
4899 
4900   NamedDecl *New;
4901 
4902   bool AddToScope = true;
4903   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4904     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4905       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4906       return nullptr;
4907     }
4908 
4909     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4910   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4911     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4912                                   TemplateParamLists,
4913                                   AddToScope);
4914   } else {
4915     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4916                                   AddToScope);
4917   }
4918 
4919   if (!New)
4920     return nullptr;
4921 
4922   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4923   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4924   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4925        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4926     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4927     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4928     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4929     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4930     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4931     if (!AddToContext)
4932       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4933   }
4934 
4935   return New;
4936 }
4937 
4938 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4939 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4940 /// GCC compatibility).
4941 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4942                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4943                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4944                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4945   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4946   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4947   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4948   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4949   SizeIsNegative = false;
4950   Oversized = 0;
4951 
4952   if (T->isDependentType())
4953     return QualType();
4954 
4955   QualifierCollector Qs;
4956   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4957 
4958   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4959     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4960     QualType FixedType =
4961         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4962                                             Oversized);
4963     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4964     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4965     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4966   }
4967   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4968     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4969     QualType FixedType =
4970         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4971                                             Oversized);
4972     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4973     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4974     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4975   }
4976 
4977   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4978   if (!VLATy)
4979     return QualType();
4980   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4981   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4982     return QualType();
4983 
4984   llvm::APSInt Res;
4985   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4986       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4987     return QualType();
4988 
4989   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4990   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4991     SizeIsNegative = true;
4992     return QualType();
4993   }
4994 
4995   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4996   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4997     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4998                                               Res);
4999   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
5000     Oversized = Res;
5001     return QualType();
5002   }
5003 
5004   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
5005                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
5006 }
5007 
5008 static void
5009 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
5010   SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5011   DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5012   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
5013     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
5014     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
5015                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
5016     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
5017     return;
5018   }
5019   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
5020     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
5021     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
5022                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
5023     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
5024     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
5025     return;
5026   }
5027   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5028   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5029   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
5030   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
5031   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
5032   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
5033   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
5034   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
5035 }
5036 
5037 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5038 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5039 /// GCC compatibility).
5040 static TypeSourceInfo*
5041 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5042                                               ASTContext &Context,
5043                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
5044                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5045   QualType FixedTy
5046     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
5047                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5048   if (FixedTy.isNull())
5049     return nullptr;
5050   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
5051   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
5052                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
5053   return FixedTInfo;
5054 }
5055 
5056 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
5057 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
5058 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
5059 /// function-scope declarations.
5060 void
5061 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
5062   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5063       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5064     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
5065     return;
5066 
5067   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
5068   Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND);
5069 }
5070 
5071 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
5072   // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)).
5073   auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name);
5074   return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin();
5075 }
5076 
5077 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
5078 /// does not identify a function.
5079 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
5080   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
5081   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
5082   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
5083     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
5084          diag::err_inline_non_function);
5085 
5086   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
5087     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5088          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
5089 
5090   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
5091     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5092          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
5093 
5094   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
5095     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
5096          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
5097 }
5098 
5099 NamedDecl*
5100 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
5101                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
5102   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5103   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5104     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
5105       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5106     D.setInvalidType();
5107     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
5108     DC = CurContext;
5109     Previous.clear();
5110   }
5111 
5112   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5113 
5114   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5115     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
5116       << 1;
5117 
5118   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
5119     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
5120       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
5121     return nullptr;
5122   }
5123 
5124   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
5125   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
5126 
5127   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5128   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
5129 
5130   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
5131 
5132   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
5133   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
5134   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
5135   return ND;
5136 }
5137 
5138 void
5139 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
5140   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
5141   // then it shall have block scope.
5142   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
5143   // that redeclarations will match.
5144   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5145   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5146   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5147     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5148 
5149     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5150       bool SizeIsNegative;
5151       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5152       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5153         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5154                                                       SizeIsNegative,
5155                                                       Oversized);
5156       if (FixedTInfo) {
5157         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5158         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5159       } else {
5160         if (SizeIsNegative)
5161           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
5162         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
5163           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
5164         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
5165           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
5166             << Oversized.toString(10);
5167         else
5168           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5169         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
5170       }
5171     }
5172   }
5173 }
5174 
5175 
5176 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
5177 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
5178 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
5179 NamedDecl*
5180 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
5181                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
5182   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
5183   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
5184   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
5185                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
5186   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous);
5187   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5188     Redeclaration = true;
5189     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
5190   }
5191 
5192   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
5193   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
5194     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5195         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5196       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
5197         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
5198       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
5199         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5200       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
5201         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5202       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
5203         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
5204     }
5205 
5206   return NewTD;
5207 }
5208 
5209 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
5210 /// previous declaration.
5211 ///
5212 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
5213 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
5214 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
5215 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
5216 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
5217 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
5218 ///
5219 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
5220 /// lookup
5221 ///
5222 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
5223 /// declared.
5224 ///
5225 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
5226 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
5227 static bool
5228 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
5229                                 ASTContext &Context) {
5230   if (!PrevDecl)
5231     return false;
5232 
5233   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
5234     return false;
5235 
5236   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5237     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
5238     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
5239     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
5240     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
5241     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
5242     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
5243     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
5244     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
5245       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
5246       return false;
5247 
5248     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
5249     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
5250       // We found a member function: ignore it.
5251       return false;
5252 
5253     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
5254     // previous declarations.
5255     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5256     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5257 
5258     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
5259     // isn't the same function.
5260     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
5261       return false;
5262   }
5263 
5264   return true;
5265 }
5266 
5267 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
5268   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5269   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
5270   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
5271 }
5272 
5273 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
5274   QualType type = decl->getType();
5275   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
5276   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
5277     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
5278     unsigned kind = -1U;
5279     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5280       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5281         kind = 0; // __block
5282       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
5283         kind = 1; // global
5284     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
5285       kind = 3; // ivar
5286     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
5287       kind = 2; // field
5288     }
5289 
5290     if (kind != -1U) {
5291       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
5292         << kind;
5293     }
5294   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
5295     // Try to infer lifetime.
5296     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
5297       return false;
5298 
5299     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
5300     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
5301     decl->setType(type);
5302   }
5303 
5304   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5305     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
5306     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
5307         var->getTLSKind()) {
5308       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
5309         << var->getType();
5310       return true;
5311     }
5312   }
5313 
5314   return false;
5315 }
5316 
5317 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
5318   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
5319   // the wrong linkage.
5320   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
5321 
5322   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
5323   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
5324     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5325       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
5326       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
5327     }
5328   }
5329   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
5330     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5331       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
5332       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
5333       ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5334     }
5335   }
5336 
5337   if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) {
5338     if (VD->hasInit()) {
5339       if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
5340         assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
5341                !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!");
5342         S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD;
5343         VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5344       }
5345     }
5346   }
5347 
5348   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations.
5349   // It does not apply to functions.
5350   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
5351     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5352       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(),
5353              diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
5354       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
5355     }
5356   }
5357 
5358   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
5359     // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external
5360     // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported.
5361     auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND);
5362     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) {
5363       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5364         << &ND << Attr;
5365       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5366     }
5367   }
5368 }
5369 
5370 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
5371                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
5372                                            bool IsSpecialization) {
5373   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
5374     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5375   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
5376     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5377 
5378   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
5379     return;
5380 
5381   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5382   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5383   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5384   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5385 
5386   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
5387   // inherited attribute instances.
5388   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
5389                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
5390 
5391   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
5392   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
5393   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
5394   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
5395   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
5396 
5397   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
5398     // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables.
5399     bool JustWarn = false;
5400     if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) {
5401       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
5402       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
5403         JustWarn = true;
5404       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
5405       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
5406         JustWarn = true;
5407     }
5408 
5409     // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already
5410     // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo
5411     // address equality) as they can use the thunk.
5412     if (OldDecl->isUsed())
5413       if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr)
5414         JustWarn = false;
5415 
5416     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
5417                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
5418     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
5419         << NewDecl
5420         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
5421     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5422     if (!JustWarn) {
5423       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5424       return;
5425     }
5426   }
5427 
5428   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
5429   // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations,
5430   // and qualified friend declarations.
5431   // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport.
5432   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
5433   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl))
5434     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
5435     // separately.
5436     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
5437   else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5438     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
5439     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
5440                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
5441   }
5442 
5443   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember &&
5444       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
5445     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5446            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
5447       << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5448     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5449     S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
5450     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5451     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5452   } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr &&
5453              !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
5454     // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute.
5455     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5456     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5457     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5458            diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function)
5459         << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5460   }
5461 }
5462 
5463 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
5464 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
5465 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
5466 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
5467   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
5468 
5469   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
5470   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
5471 
5472   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
5473   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
5474     return false;
5475 
5476   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
5477 
5478 #ifndef NDEBUG
5479   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
5480   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
5481   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
5482   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
5483   FD->setLazyBody(1);
5484 #endif
5485 
5486   bool isC99Inline =
5487       S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
5488 
5489 #ifndef NDEBUG
5490   FD->setLazyBody(0);
5491 #endif
5492 
5493   return isC99Inline;
5494 }
5495 
5496 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
5497 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
5498 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
5499 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
5500 ///
5501 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
5502 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
5503 ///
5504 /// For instance:
5505 ///
5506 ///   auto x = []{};
5507 ///
5508 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
5509 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
5510 ///
5511 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
5512 template<typename T>
5513 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
5514   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5515     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
5516     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
5517       return false;
5518   }
5519   return D->isExternC();
5520 }
5521 
5522 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
5523   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5524   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5525     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
5526   if (DC->isFileContext())
5527     return true;
5528   if (DC->isRecord())
5529     return false;
5530   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5531 }
5532 
5533 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5534   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5535   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5536     return true;
5537   if (DC->isRecord())
5538     return false;
5539   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5540 }
5541 
5542 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
5543                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5544   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
5545     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
5546       return true;
5547   return false;
5548 }
5549 
5550 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5551                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5552   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5553   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5554     return true;
5555 
5556   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5557   // position to the decl itself.
5558   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5559     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5560       return true;
5561   }
5562 
5563   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5564   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5565 }
5566 
5567 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5568 /// function-local external declaration.
5569 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5570   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5571     return false;
5572 
5573   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5574   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5575   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5576   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5577     return true;
5578 
5579   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5580   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5581   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5582   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5583   //
5584   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5585   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5586   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5587     DC = DC->getParent();
5588   return true;
5589 }
5590 
5591 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage.
5592 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) {
5593   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
5594     return FD->isExternC();
5595   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
5596     return VD->isExternC();
5597 
5598   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!");
5599 }
5600 
5601 NamedDecl *
5602 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5603                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5604                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5605                               bool &AddToScope) {
5606   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5607   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5608 
5609   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5610   StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5611 
5612   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5613   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5614   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5615       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
5616       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
5617     SC = SC_Extern;
5618 
5619   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5620   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5621                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5622 
5623   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5624     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5625     QualType NR = R;
5626     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5627       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5628         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5629         D.setInvalidType();
5630         break;
5631       }
5632       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5633     }
5634 
5635     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5636       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5637       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5638       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5639         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5640         D.setInvalidType();
5641       }
5642     }
5643   }
5644 
5645   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5646     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5647     // an error here
5648     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5649     D.setInvalidType();
5650     SC = SC_None;
5651   }
5652 
5653   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5654       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5655                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5656     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5657     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5658     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5659     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5660          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5661       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5662   }
5663 
5664   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5665   if (!II) {
5666     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5667       << Name;
5668     return nullptr;
5669   }
5670 
5671   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5672 
5673   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5674     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5675     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5676     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
5677     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
5678       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5679       D.setInvalidType();
5680     }
5681   }
5682 
5683   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5684     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5685     // OpenCL __local address space.
5686     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5687       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5688     }
5689 
5690     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5691     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5692     // space qualifiers.
5693     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5694       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5695       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5696     }
5697 
5698     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5699     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5700     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5701     // address space qualifiers.
5702     if (R->isEventT()) {
5703       if (S->getParent() == nullptr) {
5704         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5705         D.setInvalidType();
5706       }
5707 
5708       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5709         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5710         D.setInvalidType();
5711       }
5712     }
5713   }
5714 
5715   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5716   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5717   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5718   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5719   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
5720   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
5721   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
5722   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5723     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5724                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5725                             R, TInfo, SC);
5726 
5727     if (D.isInvalidType())
5728       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5729   } else {
5730     bool Invalid = false;
5731 
5732     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5733       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5734       switch (SC) {
5735       case SC_None:
5736         break;
5737       case SC_Static:
5738         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5739              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5740           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5741         break;
5742       case SC_Auto:
5743       case SC_Register:
5744       case SC_Extern:
5745         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5746         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5747         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5748         // of class members
5749 
5750         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5751              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5752           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5753         break;
5754       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5755         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5756       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5757         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5758       }
5759     }
5760 
5761     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5762       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5763         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5764           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5765                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5766             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5767 
5768         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5769         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5770         if (RD->isUnion())
5771           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5772                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5773                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5774                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5775         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5776         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5777           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5778                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5779             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5780       }
5781     }
5782 
5783     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5784     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5785     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5786         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5787         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5788         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
5789             ? D.getName().TemplateId
5790             : nullptr,
5791         TemplateParamLists,
5792         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5793 
5794     if (TemplateParams) {
5795       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5796           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5797         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5798         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5799         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5800              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5801           << II
5802           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5803                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5804         TemplateParams = nullptr;
5805       } else {
5806         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5807           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5808           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5809           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5810           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5811         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5812           // This is a template declaration.
5813           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5814 
5815           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5816           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5817             return nullptr;
5818 
5819           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5820           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5821                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
5822                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5823                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
5824         }
5825       }
5826     } else {
5827       assert(
5828           (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) &&
5829           "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
5830     }
5831 
5832     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5833       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5834           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5835               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5836               : SourceLocation();
5837       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5838           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5839           IsPartialSpecialization);
5840       if (Res.isInvalid())
5841         return nullptr;
5842       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5843       AddToScope = false;
5844     } else
5845       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5846                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5847 
5848     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5849     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5850       NewTemplate =
5851           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5852                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5853       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5854     }
5855 
5856     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5857     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5858     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5859       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5860 
5861     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5862       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5863       if (NewTemplate)
5864         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5865     }
5866 
5867     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5868 
5869     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5870     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5871     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5872     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5873       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5874           Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists));
5875 
5876     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5877       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5878 
5879     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) {
5880       NewVD->setConcept(true);
5881 
5882       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not
5883       // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr
5884       // specifiers, [...]
5885       if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) {
5886         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5887              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
5888             << 0 << 0;
5889         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5890       }
5891 
5892       if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) {
5893         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
5894              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
5895             << 0 << 3;
5896         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5897       }
5898     }
5899   }
5900 
5901   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5902   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5903   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5904   if (NewTemplate)
5905     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5906 
5907   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5908     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5909 
5910   bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false;
5911   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5912     // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5913     //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5914     //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5915     //   explicitly.
5916     // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5917     //   'extern'.
5918     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
5919         (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
5920          TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local ||
5921          !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()))
5922       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5923            diag::err_thread_non_global)
5924         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5925     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) {
5926       if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5927         // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to
5928         // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the
5929         // error should be ignored.
5930         EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true;
5931         // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with
5932         // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going
5933         // to emit any code for it.
5934         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5935       } else
5936         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5937              diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5938     } else
5939       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5940   }
5941 
5942   // C99 6.7.4p3
5943   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5944   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5945   //   thread storage duration...
5946   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5947   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5948   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5949   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5950   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5951   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5952       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5953     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5954     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5955       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5956            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5957       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5958     }
5959   }
5960 
5961   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5962     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5963       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5964           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5965           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5966                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5967     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5968       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5969         << 2
5970         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5971     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5972       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5973         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5974         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5975         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5976     else {
5977       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5978       if (NewTemplate)
5979         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5980     }
5981   }
5982 
5983   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5984   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5985 
5986   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5987     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD))
5988       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5989            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5990     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5991     // storage [duration]."
5992     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5993         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5994          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5995       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5996     }
5997   }
5998 
5999   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
6000   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
6001   // check the VarDecl itself.
6002   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
6003          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
6004          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
6005 
6006   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
6007   // retainable type.
6008   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
6009     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6010 
6011   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
6012   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
6013     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
6014     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
6015     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
6016     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
6017       switch (SC) {
6018       case SC_None:
6019       case SC_Auto:
6020         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
6021         break;
6022       case SC_Register:
6023         // Local Named register
6024         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) &&
6025             DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl()))
6026           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
6027         break;
6028       case SC_Static:
6029       case SC_Extern:
6030       case SC_PrivateExtern:
6031       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
6032         break;
6033       }
6034     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
6035       // Global Named register
6036       if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) &&
6037           DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD))
6038         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
6039       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
6040         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
6041         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6042       }
6043     }
6044 
6045     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
6046                                                 Context, Label, 0));
6047   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6048     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6049       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
6050     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6051       if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) {
6052         NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
6053         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6054       } else
6055         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
6056             << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD;
6057     }
6058   }
6059 
6060   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
6061   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
6062     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
6063 
6064   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
6065   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
6066   // declaration has linkage).
6067   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
6068                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
6069                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
6070                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
6071 
6072   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
6073   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
6074   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6075       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
6076     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
6077         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
6078         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
6079 
6080   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6081     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6082   } else {
6083     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
6084     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6085         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
6086       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6087 
6088     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
6089     if (!Previous.empty()) {
6090       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
6091           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
6092           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6093         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
6094         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6095         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
6096           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6097         Previous.clear();
6098         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6099       }
6100     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6101       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
6102       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
6103         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
6104         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6105       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6106     }
6107 
6108     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
6109       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6110 
6111     if (NewTemplate) {
6112       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
6113           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
6114               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
6115               : nullptr;
6116 
6117       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
6118       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
6119       // template declaration.
6120       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
6121               TemplateParams,
6122               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
6123                               : nullptr,
6124               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
6125                DC->isDependentContext())
6126                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
6127                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
6128         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6129 
6130       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
6131       // template, make a note of that.
6132       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
6133           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
6134         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
6135     }
6136   }
6137 
6138   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
6139 
6140   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
6141   // the map of such variables.
6142   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6143       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
6144     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
6145 
6146   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6147     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
6148     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
6149             NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
6150       Context.setManglingNumber(
6151           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
6152                      NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
6153       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
6154     }
6155   }
6156 
6157   // Special handling of variable named 'main'.
6158   if (Name.isIdentifier() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") &&
6159       NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
6160       !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
6161 
6162     // C++ [basic.start.main]p3
6163     // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed.
6164     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6165       Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable);
6166 
6167     // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined
6168     // behavior.
6169     else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage())
6170       Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined);
6171   }
6172 
6173   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
6174     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
6175         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
6176         IsExplicitSpecialization);
6177   }
6178 
6179   if (NewTemplate) {
6180     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6181       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6182     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
6183     return NewTemplate;
6184   }
6185 
6186   return NewVD;
6187 }
6188 
6189 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
6190 /// -Wshadow.
6191 ///
6192 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
6193 /// scope.
6194 ///
6195 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
6196 /// \param R the lookup of the name
6197 ///
6198 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
6199   // Return if warning is ignored.
6200   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()))
6201     return;
6202 
6203   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
6204   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
6205     return;
6206 
6207   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
6208 
6209   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
6210   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
6211     return;
6212 
6213   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
6214   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6215     return;
6216 
6217   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
6218   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6219     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
6220       if (MD->isStatic())
6221         return;
6222 
6223   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6224     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
6225       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
6226       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
6227       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
6228         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
6229           ShadowedDecl = I;
6230           break;
6231         }
6232     }
6233 
6234   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
6235 
6236   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
6237   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
6238     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
6239     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
6240       return;
6241 
6242     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
6243     // static data members from base classes?
6244 
6245     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
6246     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
6247     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
6248   }
6249 
6250   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
6251   unsigned Kind;
6252   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
6253     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6254       Kind = 3; // field
6255     else
6256       Kind = 2; // static data member
6257   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
6258     Kind = 1; // global
6259   else
6260     Kind = 0; // local
6261 
6262   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
6263 
6264   // Emit warning and note.
6265   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
6266     return;
6267   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
6268   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6269 }
6270 
6271 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
6272 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
6273   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
6274     return;
6275 
6276   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
6277                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6278   LookupName(R, S);
6279   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
6280 }
6281 
6282 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
6283 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
6284 template<typename T>
6285 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
6286     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
6287   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
6288   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
6289 
6290   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6291     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
6292     // declaration.
6293     return false;
6294   }
6295 
6296   if (Prev) {
6297     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6298       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
6299       // redeclaration.
6300       Previous.clear();
6301       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6302       return true;
6303     }
6304 
6305     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
6306     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
6307     // declaration.
6308     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
6309       return false;
6310   } else {
6311     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
6312     // translation unit which might conflict.
6313     if (IsGlobal) {
6314       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
6315       IsGlobal = false;
6316       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6317            I != E; ++I) {
6318         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6319           Prev = *I;
6320           break;
6321         }
6322       }
6323     } else {
6324       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
6325           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
6326       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
6327            I != E; ++I) {
6328         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6329           Prev = *I;
6330           break;
6331         }
6332         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
6333         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
6334         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
6335         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
6336         // diagnostic.
6337       }
6338     }
6339 
6340     if (!Prev)
6341       return false;
6342   }
6343 
6344   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
6345   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
6346   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
6347   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
6348     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
6349   else
6350     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
6351 
6352   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
6353     << IsGlobal << ND;
6354   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
6355     << IsGlobal;
6356   return false;
6357 }
6358 
6359 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
6360 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
6361 ///
6362 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
6363 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
6364 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
6365 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
6366 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
6367 template<typename T>
6368 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
6369                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
6370   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6371     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
6372     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
6373     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
6374     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6375       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
6376         Previous.clear();
6377         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6378         return true;
6379       }
6380     }
6381     return false;
6382   }
6383 
6384   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
6385   // declaration.
6386   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6387     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
6388 
6389   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
6390   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
6391   // in another scope.
6392   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
6393     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
6394 
6395   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
6396   return false;
6397 }
6398 
6399 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
6400   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6401   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6402     return;
6403 
6404   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6405   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6406 
6407   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
6408   if (T->isUndeducedType())
6409     return;
6410 
6411   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
6412     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
6413 
6414   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6415     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
6416       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
6417     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6418     NewVD->setType(T);
6419   }
6420 
6421   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
6422   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
6423   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
6424   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
6425   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6426     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
6427     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6428     return;
6429   }
6430 
6431   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
6432   // __constant address space.
6433   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
6434       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
6435       && !T->isSamplerT()){
6436     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
6437     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6438     return;
6439   }
6440 
6441   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
6442   // scope.
6443   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
6444       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6445     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
6446     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6447     return;
6448   }
6449 
6450   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
6451       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6452     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
6453       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
6454     else {
6455       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
6456       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
6457     }
6458   }
6459 
6460   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
6461   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
6462       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6463     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6464 
6465   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
6466       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
6467     bool SizeIsNegative;
6468     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6469     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6470       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6471                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6472     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
6473       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
6474       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
6475       // int a[10][n];
6476       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
6477 
6478       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6479         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
6480         << SizeRange;
6481       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
6482         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
6483         << SizeRange;
6484       else
6485         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
6486         << SizeRange;
6487       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6488       return;
6489     }
6490 
6491     if (!FixedTInfo) {
6492       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6493         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6494       else
6495         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
6496       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6497       return;
6498     }
6499 
6500     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
6501     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
6502     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6503   }
6504 
6505   if (T->isVoidType()) {
6506     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
6507     //                    of objects and functions.
6508     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6509       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
6510         << T;
6511       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6512       return;
6513     }
6514   }
6515 
6516   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6517     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
6518     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6519     return;
6520   }
6521 
6522   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6523     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
6524     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6525     return;
6526   }
6527 
6528   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
6529       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
6530                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
6531     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6532     return;
6533   }
6534 }
6535 
6536 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
6537 /// declaration.
6538 ///
6539 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
6540 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
6541 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
6542 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
6543 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
6544 ///
6545 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
6546 ///
6547 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
6548 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
6549   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
6550 
6551   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6552   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6553     return false;
6554 
6555   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
6556   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
6557   if (Previous.empty() &&
6558       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
6559     Previous.setShadowed();
6560 
6561   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6562     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
6563     return true;
6564   }
6565   return false;
6566 }
6567 
6568 namespace {
6569 struct FindOverriddenMethod {
6570   Sema *S;
6571   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
6572 
6573   /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
6574   /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
6575   /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
6576   bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
6577     RecordDecl *BaseRecord =
6578         Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6579 
6580     DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName();
6581 
6582     // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
6583     if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6584       // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
6585       QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
6586       CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
6587 
6588       Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
6589     }
6590 
6591     for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty();
6592          Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
6593       NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
6594       if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6595         if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false))
6596           return true;
6597       }
6598     }
6599 
6600     return false;
6601   }
6602 };
6603 
6604 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
6605 } // end anonymous namespace
6606 
6607 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
6608 /// overriden methods.
6609 ///
6610 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
6611 /// \param MD the overriding method.
6612 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
6613 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
6614                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
6615   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
6616   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
6617                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
6618        I != E; ++I) {
6619     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
6620     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
6621     // out the diag loop 3 times.
6622     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
6623         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
6624         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
6625       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6626   }
6627 }
6628 
6629 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
6630 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
6631 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6632   // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override.
6633   CXXBasePaths Paths;
6634   FindOverriddenMethod FOM;
6635   FOM.Method = MD;
6636   FOM.S = this;
6637   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6638   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6639   bool AddedAny = false;
6640   if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) {
6641     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
6642       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
6643         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
6644         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
6645             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
6646             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
6647             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
6648           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
6649           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
6650           AddedAny = true;
6651         }
6652       }
6653     }
6654   }
6655 
6656   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
6657     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
6658   }
6659   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
6660     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
6661   }
6662 
6663   return AddedAny;
6664 }
6665 
6666 namespace {
6667   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
6668   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
6669   struct ActOnFDArgs {
6670     Scope *S;
6671     Declarator &D;
6672     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
6673     bool AddToScope;
6674   };
6675 }
6676 
6677 namespace {
6678 
6679 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
6680 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
6681 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
6682  public:
6683   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
6684                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
6685       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
6686         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
6687 
6688   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
6689     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
6690       return false;
6691 
6692     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6693     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6694                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6695          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6696       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6697 
6698       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6699           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6700         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6701           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6702           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6703             return true;
6704         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6705           return true;
6706         }
6707       }
6708     }
6709 
6710     return false;
6711   }
6712 
6713  private:
6714   ASTContext &Context;
6715   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6716   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6717 };
6718 
6719 }
6720 
6721 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6722 ///
6723 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6724 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6725 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6726 /// the same name.
6727 ///
6728 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6729 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6730 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6731     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6732     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6733   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6734   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6735   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6736   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6737   TypoCorrection Correction;
6738   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6739   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6740                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6741   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6742                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6743                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6744                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6745 
6746   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6747   if (IsLocalFriend)
6748     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6749   else
6750     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6751   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6752          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6753   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6754   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6755     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6756          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6757       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6758       if (FD &&
6759           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6760         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6761         // involve a parameter
6762         unsigned ParamNum =
6763             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6764         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6765       }
6766     }
6767   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6768   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6769                   Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6770                   &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6771                   llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(
6772                       SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr),
6773                   Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
6774     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6775     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6776                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6777     Previous.clear();
6778     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6779     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6780                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6781          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6782       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6783       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6784           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6785         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6786       }
6787     }
6788     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6789 
6790     NamedDecl *Result;
6791     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6792     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6793     {
6794       // Trap errors.
6795       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6796 
6797       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6798       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6799       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6800       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6801           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6802           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6803           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6804           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6805 
6806       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6807         Result = nullptr;
6808     }
6809 
6810     if (Result) {
6811       // Determine which correction we picked.
6812       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6813       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6814            I != E; ++I)
6815         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6816           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6817 
6818       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6819           Correction,
6820           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6821                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6822                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6823             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6824       return Result;
6825     }
6826 
6827     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6828     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6829                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6830     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6831     Previous.clear();
6832     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6833   }
6834 
6835   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6836       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6837 
6838   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6839   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6840     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6841 
6842   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6843        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6844        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6845     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6846     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6847     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6848     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6849 
6850     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6851     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6852       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6853       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6854       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6855       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6856                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6857         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6858         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6859     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6860       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6861           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6862     } else
6863       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6864                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6865                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6866   }
6867   return nullptr;
6868 }
6869 
6870 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) {
6871   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6872   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6873   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6874   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6875   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6876     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6877                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6878     D.setInvalidType();
6879     break;
6880   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6881   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6882     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6883       return SC_None;
6884     return SC_Extern;
6885   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6886     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6887       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6888       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6889       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6890       //   other than extern
6891       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6892       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6893                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6894       break;
6895     } else
6896       return SC_Static;
6897   }
6898   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6899   }
6900 
6901   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6902   return SC_None;
6903 }
6904 
6905 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6906                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6907                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6908                                            StorageClass SC,
6909                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6910   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6911   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6912 
6913   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
6914   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6915 
6916   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6917     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6918     // prototype. This true when:
6919     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6920     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6921     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6922     bool HasPrototype =
6923       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6924       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6925 
6926     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6927                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6928                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6929                                  HasPrototype, false);
6930     if (D.isInvalidType())
6931       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6932 
6933     return NewFD;
6934   }
6935 
6936   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6937   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6938 
6939   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6940   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6941   // the class has been completely parsed.
6942   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6943       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6944           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6945           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6946     D.setInvalidType();
6947 
6948   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6949     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6950     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6951            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6952 
6953     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6954     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6955                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6956                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6957                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6958                                       isConstexpr);
6959 
6960   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6961     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6962     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6963       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6964       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6965       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6966                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6967                                         D.getLocStart(),
6968                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6969                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6970 
6971       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6972       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6973       // it yet.
6974       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6975           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6976           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6977         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6978       }
6979 
6980       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6981       return NewDD;
6982 
6983     } else {
6984       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6985       D.setInvalidType();
6986 
6987       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6988       // code path.
6989       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6990                                   D.getLocStart(),
6991                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6992                                   SC, isInline,
6993                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6994     }
6995 
6996   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6997     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6998       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6999            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
7000       return nullptr;
7001     }
7002 
7003     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7004     IsVirtualOkay = true;
7005     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7006                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
7007                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
7008                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
7009 
7010   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
7011     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
7012     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
7013     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
7014     // constructor if it has no return type).
7015     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
7016         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
7017       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
7018         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
7019         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7020       return nullptr;
7021     }
7022 
7023     // This is a C++ method declaration.
7024     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
7025                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7026                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
7027                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
7028                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
7029     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
7030     return Ret;
7031   } else {
7032     bool isFriend =
7033         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
7034     if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord())
7035       return nullptr;
7036 
7037     // Determine whether the function was written with a
7038     // prototype. This true when:
7039     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
7040     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7041                                 D.getLocStart(),
7042                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
7043                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
7044   }
7045 }
7046 
7047 enum OpenCLParamType {
7048   ValidKernelParam,
7049   PtrPtrKernelParam,
7050   PtrKernelParam,
7051   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
7052   InvalidKernelParam,
7053   RecordKernelParam
7054 };
7055 
7056 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
7057   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
7058     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
7059     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
7060       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
7061     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
7062                                               : PtrKernelParam;
7063   }
7064 
7065   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
7066   // be used as builtin types.
7067 
7068   if (PT->isImageType())
7069     return PtrKernelParam;
7070 
7071   if (PT->isBooleanType())
7072     return InvalidKernelParam;
7073 
7074   if (PT->isEventT())
7075     return InvalidKernelParam;
7076 
7077   if (PT->isHalfType())
7078     return InvalidKernelParam;
7079 
7080   if (PT->isRecordType())
7081     return RecordKernelParam;
7082 
7083   return ValidKernelParam;
7084 }
7085 
7086 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
7087   Sema &S,
7088   Declarator &D,
7089   ParmVarDecl *Param,
7090   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
7091   QualType PT = Param->getType();
7092 
7093   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
7094   // used again
7095   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
7096     return;
7097 
7098   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
7099   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
7100     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
7101     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
7102     // pointer to a pointer type.
7103     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
7104     D.setInvalidType();
7105     return;
7106 
7107   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
7108     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
7109     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
7110     // pointer to the private address space.
7111     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
7112     D.setInvalidType();
7113     return;
7114 
7115     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
7116     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
7117     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
7118     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
7119     // one of these built-in scalar types.
7120 
7121   case InvalidKernelParam:
7122     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
7123     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
7124     // of event_t type.
7125     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7126     D.setInvalidType();
7127     return;
7128 
7129   case PtrKernelParam:
7130   case ValidKernelParam:
7131     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
7132     return;
7133 
7134   case RecordKernelParam:
7135     break;
7136   }
7137 
7138   // Track nested structs we will inspect
7139   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
7140 
7141   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
7142   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
7143   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
7144   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
7145 
7146   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7147   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
7148 
7149   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
7150 
7151   do {
7152     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
7153     if (!Next) {
7154       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
7155       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
7156       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
7157         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
7158 
7159       continue;
7160     }
7161 
7162     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
7163     // field itself) to the history stack.
7164     const RecordDecl *RD;
7165     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
7166       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
7167       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7168     } else {
7169       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
7170     }
7171 
7172     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
7173     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
7174 
7175     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
7176       QualType QT = FD->getType();
7177 
7178       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
7179         continue;
7180 
7181       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
7182       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
7183         continue;
7184 
7185       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
7186         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
7187         continue;
7188       }
7189 
7190       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
7191       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
7192       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
7193       // union.
7194       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
7195           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
7196         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
7197                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
7198           << PT->isUnionType()
7199           << PT;
7200       } else {
7201         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7202       }
7203 
7204       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7205         << PD->getDeclName();
7206 
7207       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
7208       // the offending field came from
7209       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator
7210                I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
7211                E = HistoryStack.end();
7212            I != E; ++I) {
7213         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
7214         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7215           << OuterField->getType();
7216       }
7217 
7218       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
7219         << QT->isPointerType()
7220         << QT;
7221       D.setInvalidType();
7222       return;
7223     }
7224   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
7225 }
7226 
7227 NamedDecl*
7228 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
7229                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
7230                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
7231                               bool &AddToScope) {
7232   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
7233 
7234   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
7235 
7236   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
7237   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
7238   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
7239   StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
7240 
7241   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
7242     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7243          diag::err_invalid_thread)
7244       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
7245 
7246   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
7247     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(),
7248                            D.getIdentifierLoc());
7249 
7250   bool isFriend = false;
7251   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
7252   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7253   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7254 
7255   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
7256   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7257   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
7258 
7259   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
7260 
7261   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
7262   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
7263 
7264   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
7265                                               isVirtualOkay);
7266   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
7267 
7268   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
7269     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
7270 
7271   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
7272   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
7273   // context will be different from the semantic context.
7274   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7275 
7276   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
7277     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
7278 
7279   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7280     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
7281     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
7282     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
7283     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
7284     bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified();
7285     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
7286     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7287       // C++ [class.friend]p5
7288       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
7289       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
7290       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7291     }
7292 
7293     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
7294     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
7295     // return true).
7296     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
7297           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
7298       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
7299         NewFD->setPure(true);
7300 
7301       // C++ [class.union]p2
7302       //   A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions.
7303       if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion())
7304         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union);
7305     }
7306 
7307     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
7308     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7309     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7310     if (D.isInvalidType())
7311       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7312 
7313     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
7314     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
7315     bool Invalid = false;
7316     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
7317             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
7318                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7319                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
7320                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
7321                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
7322                     : nullptr,
7323                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
7324                 Invalid)) {
7325       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
7326         // This is a function template
7327 
7328         // Check that we can declare a template here.
7329         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
7330           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7331 
7332         // A destructor cannot be a template.
7333         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7334           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
7335           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7336         }
7337 
7338         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
7339         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
7340         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
7341         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
7342           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
7343           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
7344             Invalid = true;
7345         }
7346 
7347 
7348         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
7349                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
7350                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
7351                                                         NewFD);
7352         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7353         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
7354 
7355         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
7356         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
7357           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7358                                                TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1));
7359         }
7360       } else {
7361         // This is a function template specialization.
7362         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7363         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7364         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7365           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
7366 
7367         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
7368         if (isFriend) {
7369           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
7370           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
7371 
7372           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
7373           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
7374           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
7375           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
7376           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
7377           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
7378           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7379             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
7380             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
7381           }
7382 
7383           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
7384             << Name << RemoveRange
7385             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
7386             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
7387         }
7388       }
7389     }
7390     else {
7391       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
7392       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
7393       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7394         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7395         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
7396     }
7397 
7398     if (Invalid) {
7399       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7400       if (FunctionTemplate)
7401         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7402     }
7403 
7404     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
7405     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
7406     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
7407     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
7408     //
7409     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7410       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
7411         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7412              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
7413       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7414         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
7415         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7416              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
7417           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7418       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7419         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
7420         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
7421         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7422              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
7423           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7424       } else {
7425         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
7426         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
7427       }
7428 
7429       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7430           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
7431         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
7432     }
7433 
7434     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7435         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
7436          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
7437         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
7438       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
7439       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
7440       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
7441       // thing to do.
7442       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
7443       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
7444       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7445           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7446       QualType Result =
7447           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
7448       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
7449                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
7450     }
7451 
7452     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
7453     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
7454     //  declaration.
7455     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7456       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7457         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
7458         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7459              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7460           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7461       }
7462     }
7463 
7464     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
7465     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
7466     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
7467     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
7468     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7469       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7470         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
7471         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7472              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
7473           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7474       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
7475                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7476         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
7477         // or conversion function.
7478         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7479              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
7480           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7481       }
7482     }
7483 
7484     if (isConstexpr) {
7485       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
7486       // are implicitly inline.
7487       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7488 
7489       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
7490       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
7491       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
7492       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
7493         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
7494     }
7495 
7496     if (isConcept) {
7497       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
7498       // applied only to the definition of a function template [...]
7499       if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7500         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
7501              diag::err_function_concept_not_defined);
7502         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7503       }
7504 
7505       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall
7506       // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified
7507       // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...]
7508       if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7509         if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
7510           SourceRange Range;
7511           if (D.isFunctionDeclarator())
7512             Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange();
7513           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec)
7514               << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range);
7515           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7516         } else {
7517           Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept);
7518         }
7519       }
7520 
7521       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is
7522       // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline)
7523       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7524 
7525       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not
7526       // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr
7527       // specifiers, [...]
7528       if (isInline) {
7529         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7530              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
7531             << 1 << 1;
7532         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7533       }
7534 
7535       if (isFriend) {
7536         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(),
7537              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
7538             << 1 << 2;
7539         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7540       }
7541 
7542       if (isConstexpr) {
7543         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
7544              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
7545             << 1 << 3;
7546         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7547       }
7548     }
7549 
7550     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
7551     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7552       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7553         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
7554           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
7555         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7556           << 0
7557           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
7558       } else {
7559         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
7560         if (FunctionTemplate)
7561           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
7562       }
7563     }
7564 
7565     if (isFriend) {
7566       if (FunctionTemplate) {
7567         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7568         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
7569       }
7570       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7571       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7572     }
7573 
7574     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
7575     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
7576     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
7577     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
7578       case FDK_Declaration:
7579       case FDK_Definition:
7580         break;
7581 
7582       case FDK_Defaulted:
7583         NewFD->setDefaulted();
7584         break;
7585 
7586       case FDK_Deleted:
7587         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
7588         break;
7589     }
7590 
7591     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
7592         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7593       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
7594       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
7595       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
7596       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7597     }
7598 
7599     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
7600         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
7601       // C++ [class.static]p1:
7602       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
7603       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
7604       //   the class.
7605 
7606       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
7607       // member function definition.
7608       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7609            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
7610         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7611     }
7612 
7613     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
7614     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
7615     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
7616     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7617     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
7618          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
7619         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
7620       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
7621           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
7622           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
7623   }
7624 
7625   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
7626   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
7627                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7628                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
7629                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7630 
7631   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7632   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
7633     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7634     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7635     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
7636                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
7637   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7638     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7639       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
7640     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7641       if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) {
7642         NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
7643         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7644       } else
7645         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
7646             << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD;
7647     }
7648   }
7649 
7650   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
7651   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
7652   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
7653   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
7654     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7655 
7656     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
7657     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
7658     // single void argument.
7659     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
7660     // already checks for that case.
7661     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
7662       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
7663         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
7664         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
7665         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
7666         Params.push_back(Param);
7667 
7668         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
7669           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7670       }
7671     }
7672 
7673   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7674     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
7675     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
7676     // parameters for use in the declaration.
7677     //
7678     // @code
7679     // typedef void fn(int);
7680     // fn f;
7681     // @endcode
7682 
7683     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
7684     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
7685       ParmVarDecl *Param =
7686           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
7687       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
7688       Params.push_back(Param);
7689     }
7690   } else {
7691     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
7692            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
7693   }
7694 
7695   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
7696   NewFD->setParams(Params);
7697 
7698   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
7699   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
7700   //
7701   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
7702   //
7703   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
7704   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
7705   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
7706 
7707   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
7708     NewFD->addAttr(
7709         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
7710                                        Context, 0));
7711 
7712   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
7713   // because all functions have linkage.
7714   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7715       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
7716     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
7717     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7718   }
7719 
7720   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active.
7721   if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7722       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
7723     NewFD->addAttr(
7724         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
7725                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7726                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
7727     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7728                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
7729                          ASTContext::PSF_Read,
7730                      NewFD))
7731       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
7732   }
7733 
7734   // Handle attributes.
7735   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
7736 
7737   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7738     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
7739     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
7740     unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace();
7741     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7742         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
7743         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
7744       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7745            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
7746       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7747     }
7748   }
7749 
7750   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7751     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7752     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7753     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7754       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7755 
7756     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7757       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7758 
7759     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7760       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7761                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7762     else if (!Previous.empty())
7763       // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
7764       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7765     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7766             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7767            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7768 
7769     // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that
7770     // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging
7771     // possibly prototyped redeclarations.
7772     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
7773     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7774       CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC();
7775       if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
7776         // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
7777         // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning.
7778         int DiagID =
7779             CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
7780         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
7781             << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
7782       }
7783     }
7784   } else {
7785     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7786     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7787     //
7788     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7789     //
7790     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7791     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7792     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7793         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7794         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7795       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7796            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7797         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7798 
7799     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7800     // argument list into our AST format.
7801     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7802       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7803       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7804       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7805       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7806                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7807       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7808                                  TemplateArgs);
7809 
7810       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7811 
7812       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7813         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7814       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7815         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7816         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7817           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7818 
7819         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7820       } else {
7821         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
7822                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
7823                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7824         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7825         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7826       }
7827     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7828       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7829       // wrote something like:
7830       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7831       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7832       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7833       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7834       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7835       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7836       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7837     }
7838 
7839     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7840     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7841     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7842     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7843     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7844     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7845         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7846          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7847             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7848             InstantiationDependent))) {
7849       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7850              "friend function specialization without template args");
7851       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7852                                                        Previous))
7853         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7854     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7855       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7856           && !isFriend) {
7857         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7858         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7859           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7860           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7861           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7862       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7863                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
7864                                                            : nullptr),
7865                                                      Previous))
7866         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7867 
7868       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7869       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7870       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7871       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7872           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7873       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7874         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7875           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7876                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7877             << SC
7878             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7879                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7880 
7881         else
7882           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7883                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7884             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7885                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7886       }
7887 
7888     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7889       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7890           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7891     }
7892 
7893     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7894     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7895       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7896         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7897 
7898       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7899         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7900 
7901       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7902         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7903                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7904       else if (!Previous.empty())
7905         // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
7906         D.setRedeclaration(true);
7907     }
7908 
7909     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7910             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7911            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7912 
7913     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7914                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7915                                 : NewFD);
7916 
7917     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7918       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7919       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7920         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7921 
7922       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7923       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7924     }
7925 
7926     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7927         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7928       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7929 
7930     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7931     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7932     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7933       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7934                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7935       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7936                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7937                                     : nullptr,
7938                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7939                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7940                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7941                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7942                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7943                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7944                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7945                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7946                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7947     }
7948 
7949     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7950       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7951     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7952       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7953                                        AddToScope };
7954       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7955       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7956         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7957 
7958       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7959       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7960         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7961         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7962 
7963         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7964         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7965         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7966         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7967         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7968         // can actually do this check immediately.
7969         if (isFriend &&
7970             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7971              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7972              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7973           // ignore these
7974         } else {
7975           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7976           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7977           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7978           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7979           //
7980           // class X {
7981           //   void f() const;
7982           // };
7983           //
7984           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7985           //
7986           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7987           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7988           // whether the parameter types are references).
7989 
7990           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7991                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
7992             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7993             return Result;
7994           }
7995         }
7996 
7997         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7998         // to something.
7999       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
8000         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
8001                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
8002           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
8003           return Result;
8004         }
8005       }
8006 
8007     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
8008                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
8009                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
8010                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
8011       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
8012       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
8013       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
8014       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
8015       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
8016       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
8017       // generate them.
8018       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
8019         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
8020     }
8021   }
8022 
8023   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
8024   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
8025 
8026   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
8027 
8028   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
8029       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
8030     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8031          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
8032       << NewFD;
8033 
8034     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
8035     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
8036     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
8037         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
8038     EPI.Variadic = true;
8039     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
8040 
8041     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
8042     NewFD->setType(R);
8043   }
8044 
8045   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
8046   // member, set the visibility of this function.
8047   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
8048     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
8049 
8050   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
8051   // marking the function.
8052   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
8053 
8054   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
8055   // a pragma.
8056   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
8057     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
8058 
8059   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
8060   // the map of such variables.
8061   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8062       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
8063     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
8064 
8065   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
8066   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
8067 
8068   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
8069     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
8070         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
8071         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
8072   }
8073 
8074   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8075     if (FunctionTemplate) {
8076       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8077         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
8078       return FunctionTemplate;
8079     }
8080   }
8081 
8082   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
8083     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
8084     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
8085         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
8086       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
8087       D.setInvalidType();
8088     }
8089 
8090     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
8091     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
8092       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8093       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
8094           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
8095                                 : FixItHint());
8096       D.setInvalidType();
8097     }
8098 
8099     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
8100     for (auto Param : NewFD->params())
8101       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
8102   }
8103 
8104   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
8105 
8106   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
8107     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
8108       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8109           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
8110         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
8111           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
8112             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
8113 
8114           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
8115         }
8116       }
8117 
8118   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
8119   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
8120   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
8121   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
8122     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
8123                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
8124                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
8125                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
8126                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
8127     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
8128     AddToScope = false;
8129   }
8130 
8131   return NewFD;
8132 }
8133 
8134 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
8135 ///
8136 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
8137 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
8138 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
8139 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
8140 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
8141 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
8142 /// via InstantiateDecl).
8143 ///
8144 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
8145 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
8146 ///
8147 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
8148 ///
8149 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
8150 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
8151                                     LookupResult &Previous,
8152                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
8153   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
8154          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
8155 
8156   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
8157   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
8158   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
8159   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8160                                !Previous.isShadowed();
8161 
8162   bool Redeclaration = false;
8163   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
8164 
8165   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
8166   // the same name, if appropriate.
8167   if (!Previous.empty()) {
8168     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
8169     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
8170     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
8171     // function to the scope.
8172     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
8173       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
8174       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
8175         Redeclaration = true;
8176         OldDecl = Candidate;
8177       }
8178     } else {
8179       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
8180                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
8181       case Ovl_Match:
8182         Redeclaration = true;
8183         break;
8184 
8185       case Ovl_NonFunction:
8186         Redeclaration = true;
8187         break;
8188 
8189       case Ovl_Overload:
8190         Redeclaration = false;
8191         break;
8192       }
8193 
8194       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8195         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
8196         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
8197         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
8198           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
8199         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr;
8200         if (Redeclaration)
8201           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
8202         else if (!Previous.empty())
8203           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
8204         if (OverloadedDecl)
8205           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
8206                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
8207         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
8208       }
8209     }
8210   }
8211 
8212   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
8213   if (!Redeclaration &&
8214       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
8215     if (!Previous.empty()) {
8216       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
8217       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
8218       Redeclaration = true;
8219       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
8220       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
8221 
8222       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
8223       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8224         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8225           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
8226             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
8227           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
8228                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
8229           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
8230         }
8231         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
8232           Redeclaration = false;
8233           OldDecl = nullptr;
8234         }
8235       }
8236     }
8237   }
8238 
8239   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
8240   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
8241   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
8242   //
8243   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
8244   // definition of a static member function.
8245   //
8246   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
8247   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
8248   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
8249   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
8250       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
8251       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
8252     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
8253     if (OldDecl)
8254       OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
8255     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
8256       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
8257         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8258       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
8259       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
8260       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
8261                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
8262 
8263       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
8264       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
8265       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8266         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
8267         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
8268                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
8269           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
8270 
8271         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
8272           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
8273       }
8274     }
8275   }
8276 
8277   if (Redeclaration) {
8278     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
8279     // merged.
8280     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
8281       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8282       return Redeclaration;
8283     }
8284 
8285     Previous.clear();
8286     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
8287 
8288     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
8289                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
8290       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
8291       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
8292         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
8293       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
8294       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
8295             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
8296         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8297         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8298       }
8299 
8300       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
8301       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
8302       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
8303           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
8304         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
8305         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
8306       }
8307 
8308     } else {
8309       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
8310       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
8311 
8312       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
8313         NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
8314     }
8315   }
8316 
8317   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
8318 
8319   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8320     // C++-specific checks.
8321     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8322       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
8323     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
8324                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8325       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
8326       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
8327 
8328       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
8329       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
8330       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
8331         DeclarationName Name
8332           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
8333                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
8334         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
8335           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
8336           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8337           return Redeclaration;
8338         }
8339       }
8340     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
8341                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
8342       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
8343     }
8344 
8345     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
8346     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
8347       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
8348           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
8349           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
8350         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
8351           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
8352           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8353             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
8354           }
8355         }
8356       }
8357 
8358       if (Method->isStatic())
8359         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
8360     }
8361 
8362     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
8363     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
8364         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8365       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8366       return Redeclaration;
8367     }
8368 
8369     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
8370     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
8371         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8372       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8373       return Redeclaration;
8374     }
8375 
8376     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
8377     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
8378     // during delayed parsing anyway.
8379     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
8380       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
8381 
8382     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
8383     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
8384     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
8385       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
8386       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
8387       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
8388       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
8389         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
8390         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
8391         Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
8392       }
8393     }
8394 
8395     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
8396     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
8397     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
8398     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
8399     if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
8400       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
8401       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
8402         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
8403             << NewFD << R;
8404       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
8405                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
8406         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
8407     }
8408   }
8409   return Redeclaration;
8410 }
8411 
8412 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
8413   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
8414   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
8415   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
8416   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
8417   //   appear in a declaration of main.
8418   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
8419   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
8420   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8421     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8422          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
8423       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8424   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
8425     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
8426       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
8427   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
8428     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
8429     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
8430     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
8431     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
8432       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
8433   }
8434   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
8435     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
8436       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
8437     FD->setConstexpr(false);
8438   }
8439 
8440   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8441     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
8442         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
8443     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8444     return;
8445   }
8446 
8447   QualType T = FD->getType();
8448   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8449   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8450 
8451   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8452     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
8453     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
8454     // implicit-return-zero rule.
8455 
8456     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
8457     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8458       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8459     else {
8460       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
8461       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8462       if (RTRange.isValid())
8463         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
8464             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
8465     }
8466   } else {
8467     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
8468     // set the flag which tells us that.
8469     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
8470 
8471     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
8472     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8473       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8474     else {
8475       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
8476       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8477       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
8478           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
8479                                 : FixItHint());
8480       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8481     }
8482   }
8483 
8484   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
8485   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
8486 
8487   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
8488   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
8489   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
8490 
8491   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
8492 
8493   if (FTP->isVariadic()) {
8494     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main);
8495     // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we
8496     // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter.
8497   }
8498 
8499   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
8500   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
8501   // getting shifty.
8502   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
8503     HasExtraParameters = false;
8504 
8505   if (HasExtraParameters) {
8506     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
8507     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8508     nparams = 3;
8509   }
8510 
8511   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
8512   // if we had some location information about types.
8513 
8514   QualType CharPP =
8515     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
8516   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
8517 
8518   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
8519     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
8520 
8521     bool mismatch = true;
8522 
8523     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
8524       mismatch = false;
8525     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
8526       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
8527       //   char const **
8528       //   char const * const *
8529       //   char * const *
8530 
8531       QualifierCollector qs;
8532       const PointerType* PT;
8533       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8534           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8535           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
8536                               Context.CharTy)) {
8537         qs.removeConst();
8538         mismatch = !qs.empty();
8539       }
8540     }
8541 
8542     if (mismatch) {
8543       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
8544       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
8545       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8546     }
8547   }
8548 
8549   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8550     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
8551   }
8552 
8553   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8554     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8555     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8556   }
8557 }
8558 
8559 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8560   QualType T = FD->getType();
8561   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8562   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8563 
8564   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
8565   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
8566   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
8567       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
8568       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
8569     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
8570     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
8571       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8572 
8573   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8574     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8575     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8576   }
8577 }
8578 
8579 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
8580   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
8581   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
8582   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
8583   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
8584   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
8585   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
8586   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
8587   // rules there don't matter.)
8588   const Expr *Culprit;
8589   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8590     return false;
8591   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
8592     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8593   return true;
8594 }
8595 
8596 namespace {
8597   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
8598   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
8599   class SelfReferenceChecker
8600       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
8601     Sema &S;
8602     Decl *OrigDecl;
8603     bool isRecordType;
8604     bool isPODType;
8605     bool isReferenceType;
8606 
8607     bool isInitList;
8608     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
8609   public:
8610     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
8611 
8612     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
8613                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
8614       isPODType = false;
8615       isRecordType = false;
8616       isReferenceType = false;
8617       isInitList = false;
8618       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
8619         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
8620         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
8621         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
8622       }
8623     }
8624 
8625     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
8626     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
8627     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
8628     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
8629       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
8630       if (!InitList) {
8631         Visit(E);
8632         return;
8633       }
8634 
8635       // Track and increment the index here.
8636       isInitList = true;
8637       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
8638       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
8639         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
8640         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
8641       }
8642       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
8643     }
8644 
8645     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed.
8646     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
8647     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
8648       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
8649       Expr *Base = E;
8650       bool ReferenceField = false;
8651 
8652       // Get the field memebers used.
8653       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8654         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
8655         if (!FD)
8656           return false;
8657         Fields.push_back(FD);
8658         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
8659           ReferenceField = true;
8660         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8661       }
8662 
8663       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
8664       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
8665       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
8666         return false;
8667 
8668       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
8669       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
8670         return true;
8671 
8672       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
8673       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
8674       for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields))
8675         UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex());
8676 
8677       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
8678       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
8679       // initialized, then the use is safe.
8680       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
8681                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
8682                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
8683                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
8684            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
8685         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
8686           return true;
8687         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
8688           break;
8689       }
8690 
8691       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
8692       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8693       return true;
8694     }
8695 
8696     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
8697     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
8698     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
8699     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
8700       E = E->IgnoreParens();
8701       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
8702         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8703         return;
8704       }
8705 
8706       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8707         Visit(CO->getCond());
8708         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
8709         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
8710         return;
8711       }
8712 
8713       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
8714               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8715         Visit(BCO->getCond());
8716         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
8717         return;
8718       }
8719 
8720       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
8721         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
8722         return;
8723       }
8724 
8725       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
8726         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
8727           Visit(BO->getLHS());
8728           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
8729           return;
8730         }
8731       }
8732 
8733       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8734         if (isInitList) {
8735           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
8736                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
8737             return;
8738         }
8739 
8740         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8741         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8742           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
8743           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8744             return;
8745           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8746         }
8747         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
8748           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8749         return;
8750       }
8751 
8752       Visit(E);
8753     }
8754 
8755     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
8756     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
8757     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
8758       if (isReferenceType)
8759         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
8760     }
8761 
8762     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
8763       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
8764         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8765         return;
8766       }
8767 
8768       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
8769     }
8770 
8771     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
8772       if (isInitList) {
8773         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
8774           return;
8775       }
8776 
8777       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
8778       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
8779 
8780       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
8781       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
8782       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
8783       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
8784       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8785       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8786         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8787           Warn = false;
8788         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8789       }
8790 
8791       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
8792         if (Warn)
8793           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8794         return;
8795       }
8796 
8797       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
8798       // Visit that expression.
8799       Visit(Base);
8800     }
8801 
8802     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
8803       Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
8804 
8805       if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee))
8806         return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
8807 
8808       Visit(Callee);
8809       for (auto Arg: E->arguments())
8810         HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
8811     }
8812 
8813     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
8814       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
8815       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
8816           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
8817         if (!isPODType)
8818           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8819         return;
8820       }
8821 
8822       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
8823         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8824         return;
8825       }
8826 
8827       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
8828     }
8829 
8830     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
8831 
8832     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
8833       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
8834         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
8835         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
8836           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
8837             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
8838         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
8839           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
8840             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
8841         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
8842         return;
8843       }
8844       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
8845     }
8846 
8847     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
8848       // Treat std::move as a use.
8849       if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) {
8850         if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) {
8851           if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() &&
8852               FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) {
8853             HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
8854             return;
8855           }
8856         }
8857       }
8858 
8859       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
8860     }
8861 
8862     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
8863       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
8864         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
8865         Visit(E->getRHS());
8866         return;
8867       }
8868 
8869       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
8870     }
8871 
8872     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
8873     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
8874     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
8875     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
8876       Visit(E->getCond());
8877       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
8878     }
8879 
8880     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
8881       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
8882       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
8883       unsigned diag;
8884       if (isReferenceType) {
8885         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
8886       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
8887         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
8888       } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
8889                  isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
8890                  DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) {
8891         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
8892       } else {
8893         // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis.
8894         return;
8895       }
8896 
8897       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
8898                             S.PDiag(diag)
8899                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
8900                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
8901                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
8902     }
8903   };
8904 
8905   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8906   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8907                                  bool DirectInit) {
8908     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8909     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
8910     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8911       return;
8912 
8913     E = E->IgnoreParens();
8914 
8915     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8916     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8917     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8918       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8919         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8920           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8921             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8922               return;
8923 
8924     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
8925   }
8926 }
8927 
8928 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8929 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8930 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8931 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8932                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8933   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8934   // the initializer.
8935   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8936     CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl));
8937     return;
8938   }
8939 
8940   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8941     // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier.
8942     Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8943       << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8944     Method->setInvalidDecl();
8945     return;
8946   }
8947 
8948   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8949   if (!VDecl) {
8950     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8951     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8952     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8953     return;
8954   }
8955   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8956 
8957   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8958   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8959     // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can
8960     // be deduced based on the chosen correction:if the original init contains a
8961     // TypoExpr.
8962     ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl);
8963     if (!Res.isUsable()) {
8964       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8965       return;
8966     }
8967 
8968     if (Res.get() != Init) {
8969       Init = Res.get();
8970       if (CXXDirectInit)
8971         CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8972     }
8973 
8974     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8975     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8976     // contains exactly one expression.
8977     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8978       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8979         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8980         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8981         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8982              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8983                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8984           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8985           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8986         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8987         return;
8988       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8989         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8990              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8991                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8992                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8993           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8994           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8995         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8996         return;
8997       } else {
8998         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8999         if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit))
9000           Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
9001                diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
9002             << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
9003             << VDecl->getSourceRange();
9004       }
9005     }
9006 
9007     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
9008     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
9009     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
9010         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
9011       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
9012       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9013         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9014         return;
9015       }
9016       Init = Result.get();
9017       DefaultedToAuto = true;
9018     }
9019 
9020     QualType DeducedType;
9021     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
9022             DAR_Failed)
9023       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
9024     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
9025       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9026       return;
9027     }
9028     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
9029     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
9030 
9031     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
9032     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
9033       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9034 
9035     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
9036     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
9037     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
9038     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
9039     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
9040         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
9041       SourceLocation Loc =
9042           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
9043       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
9044         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
9045     }
9046 
9047     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
9048     // the previously declared type.
9049     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
9050       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
9051       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
9052       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
9053     }
9054 
9055     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
9056     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
9057     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9058       return;
9059 
9060     // If all looks well, warn if this is a case that will change meaning when
9061     // we implement N3922.
9062     if (DirectInit && !CXXDirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
9063       Diag(Init->getLocStart(),
9064            diag::warn_auto_var_direct_list_init)
9065         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Init->getLocStart(), "=");
9066     }
9067   }
9068 
9069   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
9070   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
9071     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
9072     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9073     return;
9074   }
9075 
9076   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
9077     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
9078     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
9079     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9080     return;
9081   }
9082 
9083   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
9084     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
9085     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
9086     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
9087     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
9088     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
9089       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
9090     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
9091                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9092       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9093       return;
9094     }
9095 
9096     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9097     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
9098                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9099                                AbstractVariableType))
9100       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9101   }
9102 
9103   VarDecl *Def;
9104   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
9105     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
9106     if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) &&
9107         (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
9108          VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
9109          VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
9110          VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
9111       // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
9112       // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it.
9113     } else {
9114       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
9115         << VDecl->getDeclName();
9116       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9117       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9118       return;
9119     }
9120   }
9121 
9122   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9123     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
9124     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
9125     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
9126     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
9127     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
9128     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
9129     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
9130     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
9131     //
9132     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
9133     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
9134     // declaration with an initializer.
9135     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) {
9136       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
9137           << VDecl->getDeclName();
9138       Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(),
9139            diag::note_previous_initializer)
9140           << 0;
9141       return;
9142     }
9143 
9144     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
9145       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9146 
9147     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
9148       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9149       return;
9150     }
9151   }
9152 
9153   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
9154   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
9155   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
9156     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
9157     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9158     return;
9159   }
9160 
9161   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
9162   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
9163   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
9164 
9165   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
9166   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
9167   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
9168       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
9169     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
9170     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9171       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9172       return;
9173     }
9174     Init = Result.get();
9175   }
9176 
9177   // Perform the initialization.
9178   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9179     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
9180     InitializationKind Kind
9181       = DirectInit ?
9182           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
9183                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
9184                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
9185                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
9186                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
9187                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
9188                                                     Init->getLocStart());
9189 
9190     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
9191     if (CXXDirectInit)
9192       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
9193                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
9194 
9195     // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments.
9196     for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) {
9197       ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
9198           Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) {
9199             InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E));
9200             return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E;
9201           });
9202       if (Res.isInvalid()) {
9203         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9204       } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) {
9205         Args[Idx] = Res.get();
9206       }
9207     }
9208     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9209       return;
9210 
9211     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
9212     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
9213     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9214       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9215       return;
9216     }
9217 
9218     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
9219   }
9220 
9221   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
9222   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
9223   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
9224   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
9225       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
9226     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
9227   }
9228 
9229   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
9230   // completed by the initializer. For example:
9231   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
9232   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
9233   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
9234     VDecl->setType(DclT);
9235 
9236   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9237     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
9238 
9239     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
9240       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
9241 
9242     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
9243     // Although this code can still have problems:
9244     //   id x = self.weakProp;
9245     //   id y = self.weakProp;
9246     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
9247     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
9248     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
9249     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
9250         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
9251                          Init->getLocStart()))
9252         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
9253   }
9254 
9255   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
9256   //
9257   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
9258   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
9259   // full-expression. For instance, in:
9260   //
9261   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
9262   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
9263   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
9264   //
9265   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
9266   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
9267                                           false,
9268                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
9269   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9270     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9271     return;
9272   }
9273   Init = Result.get();
9274 
9275   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
9276   VDecl->setInit(Init);
9277 
9278   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
9279     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
9280     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
9281     // C++ does not have this restriction.
9282     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9283       const Expr *Culprit;
9284       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
9285         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
9286       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
9287       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
9288       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
9289       // constant expressions.
9290       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
9291                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
9292                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
9293         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
9294              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
9295           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9296     }
9297   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
9298              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
9299     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
9300     //
9301     // struct S {
9302     //   static const int value = 17;
9303     // };
9304 
9305     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
9306     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
9307     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
9308     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
9309     //
9310     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
9311     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
9312     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
9313     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
9314     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
9315     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
9316     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
9317     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
9318     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
9319 
9320     // Do nothing on dependent types.
9321     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
9322 
9323     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
9324     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
9325     // type.
9326     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
9327 
9328     // Require constness.
9329     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
9330       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
9331         << Init->getSourceRange();
9332       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9333 
9334     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
9335     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
9336       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
9337       SourceLocation Loc;
9338       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
9339         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
9340         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
9341         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
9342       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
9343         ; // Nothing to check.
9344       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
9345         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
9346       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
9347         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
9348         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
9349         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9350           << Init->getSourceRange();
9351       } else {
9352         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
9353         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
9354         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9355           << Init->getSourceRange();
9356         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9357       }
9358 
9359     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
9360     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
9361       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
9362       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
9363       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
9364         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
9365              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
9366             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9367         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
9368              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
9369             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
9370       } else {
9371         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
9372           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9373 
9374         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
9375           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9376             << Init->getSourceRange();
9377           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9378         }
9379       }
9380 
9381     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
9382     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
9383       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
9384         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
9385         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
9386       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
9387 
9388     } else {
9389       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
9390         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9391       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9392     }
9393   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
9394     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
9395         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
9396          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
9397            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
9398         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
9399       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
9400 
9401     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
9402     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9403       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
9404   }
9405 
9406   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
9407   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
9408   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
9409   //
9410   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
9411   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
9412   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
9413   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
9414   // special case code.
9415 
9416   // C++ 8.5p11:
9417   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
9418   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
9419   // class type.
9420   if (CXXDirectInit) {
9421     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
9422     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9423   } else if (DirectInit) {
9424     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
9425     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
9426   }
9427 
9428   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
9429 }
9430 
9431 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
9432 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
9433 /// of sanity.
9434 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
9435   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
9436   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
9437   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9438 
9439   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9440   if (!VD) return;
9441 
9442   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
9443   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
9444     D->setInvalidDecl();
9445     return;
9446   }
9447 
9448   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
9449   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
9450 
9451   // Require a complete type.
9452   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
9453                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
9454                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9455     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9456     return;
9457   }
9458 
9459   // Require a non-abstract type.
9460   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
9461                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9462                              AbstractVariableType)) {
9463     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9464     return;
9465   }
9466 
9467   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
9468   // though.
9469 }
9470 
9471 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
9472                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9473   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
9474   if (!RealDecl)
9475     return;
9476 
9477   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
9478     QualType Type = Var->getType();
9479 
9480     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
9481     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
9482       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
9483         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
9484       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9485       return;
9486     }
9487 
9488     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
9489     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
9490     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
9491     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
9492     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
9493     // member.
9494     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9495       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
9496         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9497              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
9498           << Var->getDeclName();
9499       else
9500         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
9501       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9502       return;
9503     }
9504 
9505     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...]  A variable template
9506     // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A
9507     // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer.
9508     if (Var->isConcept()) {
9509       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized);
9510       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9511       return;
9512     }
9513 
9514     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
9515     // be initialized.
9516     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9517         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
9518         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
9519       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
9520       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9521       return;
9522     }
9523 
9524     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9525     case VarDecl::Definition:
9526       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
9527         break;
9528 
9529       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
9530       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
9531       // a declaration.
9532       //
9533       // Fall through
9534 
9535     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
9536       // It's only a declaration.
9537 
9538       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
9539       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
9540       // object shall be complete.
9541       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
9542           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9543           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9544                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
9545         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9546 
9547       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
9548       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9549           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9550                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9551                                  AbstractVariableType))
9552         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9553       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9554           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
9555         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
9556         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
9557       }
9558 
9559       return;
9560 
9561     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
9562       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
9563       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
9564       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
9565       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
9566       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
9567       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
9568         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
9569                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
9570           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9571                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
9572                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
9573             Var->setInvalidDecl();
9574         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
9575           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
9576           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
9577           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
9578           // NOTE: code such as the following
9579           //     static struct s;
9580           //     struct s { int a; };
9581           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
9582           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
9583           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
9584           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
9585             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9586                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
9587         }
9588       }
9589 
9590       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
9591       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
9592         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
9593       return;
9594     }
9595 
9596     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9597     // definitions with incomplete array type.
9598     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
9599       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9600            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
9601       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9602       return;
9603     }
9604 
9605     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9606     // definitions with reference type.
9607     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
9608       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
9609         << Var->getDeclName()
9610         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
9611       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9612       return;
9613     }
9614 
9615     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
9616     // variable with dependent type.
9617     if (Type->isDependentType())
9618       return;
9619 
9620     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
9621       return;
9622 
9623     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9624       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9625                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
9626                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9627         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9628         return;
9629       }
9630     } else {
9631       return;
9632     }
9633 
9634     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9635     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9636                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9637                                AbstractVariableType)) {
9638       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9639       return;
9640     }
9641 
9642     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
9643     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
9644     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
9645     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
9646     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
9647     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
9648     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
9649     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
9650     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
9651     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
9652     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9653       if (const RecordType *Record
9654             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9655         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
9656         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
9657         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
9658         // incompatibilities with C++98.
9659         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
9660           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9661       }
9662     }
9663 
9664     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
9665     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
9666     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
9667     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
9668     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
9669     //   type shall have a user-declared default
9670     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
9671     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
9672     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
9673     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
9674     //   program is ill-formed.
9675     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
9676     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
9677     //   default-initialized; [...].
9678     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
9679     InitializationKind Kind
9680       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
9681 
9682     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9683     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9684     if (Init.isInvalid())
9685       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9686     else if (Init.get()) {
9687       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
9688       // This is important for template substitution.
9689       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9690     }
9691 
9692     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
9693   }
9694 }
9695 
9696 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
9697   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9698   if (!VD) {
9699     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
9700     D->setInvalidDecl();
9701     return;
9702   }
9703 
9704   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9705 
9706   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
9707   int Error = -1;
9708   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
9709   case SC_None:
9710     break;
9711   case SC_Extern:
9712     Error = 0;
9713     break;
9714   case SC_Static:
9715     Error = 1;
9716     break;
9717   case SC_PrivateExtern:
9718     Error = 2;
9719     break;
9720   case SC_Auto:
9721     Error = 3;
9722     break;
9723   case SC_Register:
9724     Error = 4;
9725     break;
9726   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
9727     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
9728   }
9729   if (Error != -1) {
9730     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
9731       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
9732     D->setInvalidDecl();
9733   }
9734 }
9735 
9736 StmtResult
9737 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
9738                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
9739                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
9740                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
9741   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
9742   //   A range-based for statement of the form
9743   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9744   //   is equivalent to
9745   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9746   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9747 
9748   const char *PrevSpec;
9749   unsigned DiagID;
9750   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
9751                      getPrintingPolicy());
9752 
9753   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
9754   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
9755   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
9756 
9757   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9758   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
9759                 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
9760   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
9761   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9762   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
9763   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
9764                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
9765 }
9766 
9767 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
9768   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9769 
9770   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
9771   // local retaining variable.
9772   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9773       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9774     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
9775     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
9776     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
9777     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
9778       break;
9779 
9780     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
9781     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
9782       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9783       break;
9784     }
9785   }
9786 
9787   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
9788   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
9789   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
9790   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
9791   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
9792   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9793       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
9794       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
9795       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
9796                                   var->getLocation())) {
9797     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
9798     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
9799     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
9800       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
9801 
9802     if (!prev)
9803       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
9804   }
9805 
9806   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
9807     const Expr *Culprit;
9808     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
9809       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
9810       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
9811       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
9812       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
9813       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9814         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9815     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() &&
9816                !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
9817                    Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) {
9818       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
9819       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
9820       //   initialization.
9821       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
9822       Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
9823         << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9824       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9825         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9826     }
9827 
9828   }
9829 
9830   // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables.
9831   bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage();
9832   if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9833       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9834     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
9835     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read;
9836     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
9837       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
9838     else if (!var->getInit()) {
9839       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
9840       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9841     } else {
9842       Stack = &DataSegStack;
9843       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9844     }
9845     if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
9846       var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9847           Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
9848           Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
9849     }
9850     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
9851       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
9852         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9853 
9854     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
9855     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
9856     // attribute.
9857     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
9858       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
9859                                                CurInitSegLoc));
9860   }
9861 
9862   // All the following checks are C++ only.
9863   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
9864 
9865   QualType type = var->getType();
9866   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
9867 
9868   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
9869   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9870     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
9871     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
9872 
9873     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
9874     // constructing this copy.
9875     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
9876       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
9877       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
9878       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
9879       ExprResult result
9880         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
9881             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
9882             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
9883       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
9884         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
9885         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
9886         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
9887       }
9888     }
9889   }
9890 
9891   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
9892   bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal();
9893   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
9894 
9895   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
9896       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
9897     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
9898         !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
9899                                     var->getLocation())) {
9900       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
9901       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
9902       // warned about them.
9903       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
9904       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
9905           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
9906         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
9907           << Init->getSourceRange();
9908     }
9909 
9910     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
9911       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
9912       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
9913         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
9914         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
9915         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
9916         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
9917               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
9918           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
9919           Notes.clear();
9920         }
9921         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
9922           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
9923         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
9924           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
9925       }
9926     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
9927       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
9928       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
9929       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
9930       var->checkInitIsICE();
9931     }
9932   }
9933 
9934   // Require the destructor.
9935   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
9936     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
9937 }
9938 
9939 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent.
9940 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) {
9941   if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
9942     return true;
9943   for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>())
9944     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
9945       return true;
9946   return false;
9947 }
9948 
9949 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
9950 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
9951 void
9952 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
9953   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
9954   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
9955 
9956   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
9957   if (!VD)
9958     return;
9959 
9960   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
9961 
9962   // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable
9963   // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check
9964   // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints).
9965   if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) {
9966     // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and
9967     // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case).
9968     if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) {
9969       CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign);
9970       if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) {
9971         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum)
9972           << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD
9973           << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity();
9974       }
9975     }
9976   }
9977 
9978   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
9979   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
9980     if (FunctionDecl *FD =
9981             dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
9982       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
9983         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
9984         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
9985         VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
9986       }
9987     }
9988   }
9989 
9990   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
9991   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
9992 
9993   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
9994   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
9995     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
9996         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9997       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
9998       // with a warning.
9999       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
10000         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
10001       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
10002           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
10003           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10004 
10005       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
10006            IsClassTemplateMember
10007                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
10008                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
10009       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
10010       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
10011         VD->setInvalidDecl();
10012     }
10013   }
10014 
10015   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
10016   // isn't exported with the variable.
10017   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
10018     auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
10019     if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) {
10020       assert(VD->isStaticLocal());
10021       // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the
10022       // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be
10023       // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe.
10024     } else {
10025       Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
10026                                                                     << DLLAttr;
10027       VD->setInvalidDecl();
10028     }
10029   }
10030 
10031   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
10032     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
10033       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
10034       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
10035     }
10036   }
10037 
10038   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
10039   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
10040   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
10041   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
10042     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
10043 
10044   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
10045   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
10046       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
10047     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
10048 
10049   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
10050   // tag values.
10051   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
10052       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
10053     return;
10054 
10055   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
10056     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
10057     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
10058       continue;
10059     }
10060     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
10061     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
10062       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
10063            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
10064         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
10065       continue;
10066     }
10067     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
10068       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
10069            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
10070         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
10071       continue;
10072     }
10073     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
10074     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
10075                                MagicValue,
10076                                I->getMatchingCType(),
10077                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
10078                                I->getMustBeNull());
10079   }
10080 }
10081 
10082 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
10083                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
10084   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
10085 
10086   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
10087     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
10088 
10089   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
10090   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
10091     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
10092       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
10093         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
10094           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
10095       Decls.push_back(D);
10096     }
10097 
10098   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
10099     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
10100       handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
10101       if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() &&
10102           getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10103         Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
10104     }
10105   }
10106 
10107   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
10108 }
10109 
10110 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
10111 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
10112 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
10113 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
10114                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
10115   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
10116   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
10117   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
10118   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
10119   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
10120   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
10121   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
10122   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
10123     QualType Deduced;
10124     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
10125     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
10126     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
10127       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
10128         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
10129         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
10130         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
10131           break;
10132         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
10133         if (!U.isNull()) {
10134           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
10135           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
10136             Deduced = U;
10137             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
10138             DeducedDecl = D;
10139           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
10140             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
10141                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
10142               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
10143               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
10144               << U << D->getDeclName()
10145               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
10146               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
10147             D->setInvalidDecl();
10148             break;
10149           }
10150         }
10151       }
10152     }
10153   }
10154 
10155   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
10156 
10157   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
10158       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
10159 }
10160 
10161 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
10162   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
10163 }
10164 
10165 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
10166   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
10167   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
10168     return;
10169 
10170   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
10171                       Group[0]->getLocation()) &&
10172       Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name,
10173                       Group[0]->getLocation()))
10174     return;
10175 
10176   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
10177     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
10178     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
10179     // additional declaration references:
10180     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
10181     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
10182     //   'struct S *pS;'
10183     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
10184     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
10185     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
10186       Group = Group.slice(1);
10187     }
10188   }
10189 
10190   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
10191   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
10192   if (!Comments.empty() &&
10193       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
10194     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
10195     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
10196     //
10197     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
10198     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
10199     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
10200     // ahead through comments.
10201     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
10202       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
10203   }
10204 }
10205 
10206 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
10207 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
10208 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
10209   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
10210 
10211   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
10212 
10213   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
10214   StorageClass SC = SC_None;
10215   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
10216     SC = SC_Register;
10217   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10218              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
10219     SC = SC_Auto;
10220   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
10221     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
10222          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
10223     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
10224   }
10225 
10226   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
10227     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
10228       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
10229   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
10230     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
10231       << 0;
10232 
10233   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
10234 
10235   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
10236   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
10237 
10238   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10239     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
10240     // parameter.
10241     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
10242 
10243     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
10244     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
10245       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
10246         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
10247       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
10248     }
10249   }
10250 
10251   // Ensure we have a valid name
10252   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
10253   if (D.hasName()) {
10254     II = D.getIdentifier();
10255     if (!II) {
10256       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
10257         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
10258       D.setInvalidType(true);
10259     }
10260   }
10261 
10262   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
10263   if (II) {
10264     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
10265                    ForRedeclaration);
10266     LookupName(R, S);
10267     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
10268       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
10269       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
10270         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10271         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
10272         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10273         PrevDecl = nullptr;
10274       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
10275         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
10276         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10277 
10278         // Recover by removing the name
10279         II = nullptr;
10280         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
10281         D.setInvalidType(true);
10282       }
10283     }
10284   }
10285 
10286   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
10287   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
10288   // looking like class members in C++.
10289   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
10290                                     D.getLocStart(),
10291                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
10292                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
10293                                     SC);
10294 
10295   if (D.isInvalidType())
10296     New->setInvalidDecl();
10297 
10298   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
10299   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
10300   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
10301                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
10302 
10303   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
10304   S->AddDecl(New);
10305   if (II)
10306     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
10307 
10308   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
10309 
10310   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
10311     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10312       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
10313       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10314       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10315 
10316   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
10317     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
10318   }
10319   return New;
10320 }
10321 
10322 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
10323 /// typedef.
10324 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
10325                                               SourceLocation Loc,
10326                                               QualType T) {
10327   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
10328      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
10329      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
10330   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
10331                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
10332                                            SC_None, nullptr);
10333   Param->setImplicit();
10334   return Param;
10335 }
10336 
10337 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
10338                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
10339   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
10340   // will already have done so in the template itself.
10341   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
10342     return;
10343 
10344   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
10345     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
10346         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
10347       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
10348         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
10349     }
10350   }
10351 }
10352 
10353 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
10354                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
10355                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
10356                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
10357   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
10358     return;
10359 
10360   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
10361   // threshold.
10362   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
10363     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
10364     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
10365       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
10366           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
10367   }
10368 
10369   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
10370   // threshold.
10371   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
10372     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
10373     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
10374       continue;
10375     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
10376     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
10377       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
10378           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
10379   }
10380 }
10381 
10382 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10383                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
10384                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
10385                                   StorageClass SC) {
10386   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
10387   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
10388       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
10389       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
10390 
10391     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
10392 
10393     // Special cases for arrays:
10394     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
10395     //   - otherwise, it's an error
10396     if (T->isArrayType()) {
10397       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
10398         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
10399             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
10400             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
10401       }
10402       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
10403     } else {
10404       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
10405     }
10406     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
10407   }
10408 
10409   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
10410                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
10411                                          TSInfo, SC, nullptr);
10412 
10413   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
10414   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
10415   // the class has been completely parsed.
10416   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
10417       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10418                              AbstractParamType))
10419     New->setInvalidDecl();
10420 
10421   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
10422   // passed by reference.
10423   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
10424     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
10425     Diag(NameLoc,
10426          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
10427       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
10428     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
10429     New->setType(T);
10430   }
10431 
10432   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
10433   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
10434   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
10435   // an address space.
10436   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
10437     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
10438     // to be qualified with an address space.
10439     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
10440       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
10441       New->setInvalidDecl();
10442     }
10443   }
10444 
10445   return New;
10446 }
10447 
10448 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
10449                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
10450   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
10451 
10452   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
10453   // for a K&R function.
10454   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
10455     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
10456       --i;
10457       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
10458         SmallString<256> Code;
10459         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
10460             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
10461         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
10462             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
10463             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code);
10464 
10465         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
10466         // type.
10467         AttributeFactory attrs;
10468         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
10469         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
10470         unsigned DiagID; // unused
10471         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
10472                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10473         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
10474         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10475         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10476         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
10477         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10478         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
10479       }
10480     }
10481   }
10482 }
10483 
10484 Decl *
10485 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D,
10486                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
10487                               SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
10488   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
10489   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
10490   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
10491 
10492   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
10493   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists);
10494   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody);
10495 }
10496 
10497 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) {
10498   Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D);
10499 }
10500 
10501 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
10502                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10503   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
10504   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10505     return false;
10506 
10507   // Or declarations that aren't global.
10508   if (!FD->isGlobal())
10509     return false;
10510 
10511   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
10512   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
10513     return false;
10514 
10515   // Don't warn about 'main'.
10516   if (FD->isMain())
10517     return false;
10518 
10519   // Don't warn about inline functions.
10520   if (FD->isInlined())
10521     return false;
10522 
10523   // Don't warn about function templates.
10524   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
10525     return false;
10526 
10527   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
10528   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
10529     return false;
10530 
10531   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
10532   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
10533     return false;
10534 
10535   // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions.
10536   if (FD->isDeleted())
10537     return false;
10538 
10539   bool MissingPrototype = true;
10540   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
10541        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
10542     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
10543     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
10544     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
10545       continue;
10546 
10547     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
10548     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
10549       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
10550     break;
10551   }
10552 
10553   return MissingPrototype;
10554 }
10555 
10556 void
10557 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
10558                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition,
10559                                    SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
10560   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
10561   // was an extern inline function.
10562   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
10563   if (!Definition)
10564     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
10565       return;
10566 
10567   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
10568     return;
10569 
10570   // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or
10571   // a template, skip the new definition.
10572   if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) &&
10573       (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
10574        Definition->isInlined() ||
10575        Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() ||
10576        Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) {
10577     SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
10578     if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
10579       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation());
10580     else
10581       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition),
10582                                   FD->getLocation());
10583     return;
10584   }
10585 
10586   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
10587       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
10588     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
10589         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
10590   else
10591     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
10592 
10593   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10594   FD->setInvalidDecl();
10595 }
10596 
10597 
10598 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
10599                                    Sema &S) {
10600   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
10601 
10602   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
10603   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
10604   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
10605   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
10606   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
10607 
10608   if (LCD == LCD_None)
10609     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
10610   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
10611     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
10612   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
10613     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
10614   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
10615 
10616   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
10617   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
10618 
10619   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
10620   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
10621   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
10622   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
10623     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
10624       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
10625       if (VD->isInitCapture())
10626         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
10627       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
10628       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
10629       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
10630           /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(),
10631           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
10632                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
10633           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10634 
10635     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
10636       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
10637                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10638     } else {
10639       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType());
10640     }
10641     ++I;
10642   }
10643 }
10644 
10645 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D,
10646                                     SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
10647   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
10648   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
10649 
10650   if (!D)
10651     return D;
10652   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
10653 
10654   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
10655     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
10656   else
10657     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
10658 
10659   // See if this is a redefinition.
10660   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) {
10661     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody);
10662 
10663     // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope.
10664     if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip)
10665       return D;
10666   }
10667 
10668   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
10669   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
10670   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
10671   // LambdaScopeInfo.
10672   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
10673   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
10674   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
10675   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
10676   // have the LSI properly restored.
10677   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
10678     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
10679       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
10680       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
10681     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
10682   }
10683   else
10684     // Enter a new function scope
10685     PushFunctionScope();
10686 
10687   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
10688   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10689     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
10690         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
10691       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
10692       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10693     }
10694   }
10695 
10696   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
10697   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
10698   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
10699   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
10700       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10701       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
10702                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
10703     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10704 
10705   if (FnBodyScope)
10706     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
10707 
10708   // Check the validity of our function parameters
10709   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10710                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
10711 
10712   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
10713   for (auto Param : FD->params()) {
10714     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
10715 
10716     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
10717     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
10718       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
10719 
10720       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
10721     }
10722   }
10723 
10724   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
10725   // introduce them into the function scope.
10726   if (FnBodyScope) {
10727     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
10728              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
10729              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
10730          I != E; ++I) {
10731       NamedDecl *D = *I;
10732 
10733       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the
10734       // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove
10735       // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context.
10736       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
10737         // Is the decl actually in the context?
10738         for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) {
10739           if (DI == D) {
10740             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
10741             break;
10742           }
10743         }
10744         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
10745         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
10746       }
10747 
10748       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
10749       if (!D->getName().empty())
10750         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10751 
10752       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
10753       // accessible in this scope.
10754       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
10755         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
10756           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10757       }
10758     }
10759   }
10760 
10761   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
10762   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10763     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
10764 
10765   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
10766   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
10767       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
10768     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
10769     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
10770     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10771     return D;
10772   }
10773   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
10774   // a function template).
10775   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
10776   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
10777       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
10778       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
10779     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
10780 
10781   return D;
10782 }
10783 
10784 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
10785 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
10786 /// optimization.
10787 ///
10788 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
10789 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
10790 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
10791 /// use the named return value optimization.
10792 ///
10793 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
10794 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
10795 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
10796 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
10797   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
10798 
10799   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
10800     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
10801       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
10802         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
10803     }
10804   }
10805 }
10806 
10807 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
10808   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
10809   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
10810     return false;
10811 
10812   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
10813   // return type (yet).
10814   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
10815     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
10816     // we can still delay parsing it.
10817     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
10818       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
10819       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
10820           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
10821         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
10822         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
10823       }
10824     }
10825     return false;
10826   }
10827 
10828   return true;
10829 }
10830 
10831 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
10832   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
10833   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
10834   // rest of the file.
10835   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
10836   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
10837   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
10838     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
10839       return false;
10840   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
10841 }
10842 
10843 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
10844   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
10845     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
10846   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
10847     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
10848   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr);
10849 }
10850 
10851 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
10852   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
10853 }
10854 
10855 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
10856                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
10857   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
10858 
10859   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
10860   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
10861 
10862   if (FD) {
10863     FD->setBody(Body);
10864 
10865     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
10866         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
10867       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
10868       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
10869       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
10870       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
10871         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
10872             << FD->getReturnType();
10873         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10874       } else {
10875         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
10876         TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
10877         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
10878             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
10879       }
10880     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) {
10881       auto *LSI = getCurLambda();
10882       if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) {
10883         deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI);
10884 
10885         // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4:
10886         //   [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement
10887         //   [the deduced type is] the type void
10888         QualType RetType =
10889             LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType;
10890 
10891         // Update the return type to the deduced type.
10892         const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
10893             FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
10894         FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(),
10895                                             Proto->getExtProtoInfo()));
10896       }
10897     }
10898 
10899     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
10900     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
10901     // is the first declaration.
10902     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
10903       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
10904         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10905       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
10906                !LangOpts.GNUInline &&
10907                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
10908         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10909     }
10910 
10911     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
10912     // don't complain about missing return statements.
10913     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
10914       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
10915 
10916     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
10917     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
10918     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
10919       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
10920 
10921     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10922       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
10923       if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted())
10924         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
10925       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10926                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
10927 
10928       // If this is a structor, we need a vtable.
10929       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
10930         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
10931       else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD))
10932         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent());
10933 
10934       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
10935       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
10936       // to deduce an implicit return type.
10937       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
10938           !FD->isDependentContext())
10939         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10940     }
10941 
10942     // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
10943     //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
10944     //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
10945     //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
10946     //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
10947     const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
10948     if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
10949       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
10950 
10951       if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10952         // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
10953         // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
10954         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
10955                 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
10956           TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
10957           if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
10958             Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
10959                  diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
10960                 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
10961                 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
10962         }
10963       }
10964     }
10965 
10966     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
10967       const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction;
10968       if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) &&
10969           MD->isVirtual() &&
10970           (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) &&
10971           MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) {
10972         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
10973         if (FD->isInlined() &&
10974             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
10975           Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD);
10976 
10977           // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we
10978           // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively.
10979           KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent());
10980           const FunctionDecl *Definition;
10981           if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition))
10982             MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
10983         } else {
10984           // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used.
10985           MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
10986         }
10987       }
10988     }
10989 
10990     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
10991            "Function parsing confused");
10992   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
10993     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
10994     MD->setBody(Body);
10995     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10996       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
10997       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
10998                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
10999 
11000       if (Body)
11001         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
11002     }
11003     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
11004       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
11005         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
11006       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
11007     }
11008     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
11009       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
11010       bool isDesignated =
11011           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
11012       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
11013       (void)isDesignated;
11014 
11015       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
11016         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
11017         if (!IFace)
11018           return false;
11019         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
11020         if (!SuperD)
11021           return false;
11022         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
11023             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
11024       };
11025       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
11026       // of NSObject.
11027       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
11028         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
11029              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
11030         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
11031              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
11032       }
11033       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
11034     }
11035     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
11036       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
11037       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
11038         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
11039              diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
11040       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
11041     }
11042   } else {
11043     return nullptr;
11044   }
11045 
11046   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
11047          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
11048          "handled in the block above.");
11049 
11050   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
11051   if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) {
11052     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
11053     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
11054     // Verify this.
11055     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
11056       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
11057 
11058     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
11059     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
11060         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
11061       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
11062 
11063     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
11064       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
11065         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
11066 
11067       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
11068                                              Destructor->getParent());
11069     }
11070 
11071     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
11072     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
11073     // deletion in some later function.
11074     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
11075         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
11076       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
11077     }
11078     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
11079         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
11080       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
11081       // enabled.
11082       ActivePolicy = &WP;
11083     }
11084 
11085     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
11086         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
11087          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
11088       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11089 
11090     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
11091       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
11092         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
11093           Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
11094           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
11095           FD->setInvalidDecl();
11096           break;
11097         }
11098       }
11099     }
11100 
11101     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() ==
11102                ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects &&
11103            "Leftover temporaries in function");
11104     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
11105     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
11106            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
11107   }
11108 
11109   if (!IsInstantiation)
11110     PopDeclContext();
11111 
11112   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
11113   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
11114   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
11115   // deletion in some later function.
11116   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
11117     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
11118   }
11119 
11120   return dcl;
11121 }
11122 
11123 
11124 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
11125 /// relevant Decl.
11126 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
11127                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
11128   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
11129   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
11130     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
11131   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
11132 
11133   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
11134     if (Method->isStatic())
11135       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
11136 }
11137 
11138 
11139 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
11140 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
11141 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
11142                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
11143   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
11144   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
11145   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
11146   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
11147   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
11148     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
11149     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11150     return ExternCPrev;
11151   }
11152 
11153   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
11154   unsigned diag_id;
11155   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
11156     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
11157   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
11158     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
11159   else
11160     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
11161   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
11162 
11163   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
11164   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
11165   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
11166     TypoCorrection Corrected;
11167     if (S &&
11168         (Corrected = CorrectTypo(
11169              DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr,
11170              llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError)))
11171       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
11172                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
11173   }
11174 
11175   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
11176   const char *Dummy;
11177   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
11178   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
11179   unsigned DiagID;
11180   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
11181                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
11182   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
11183   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
11184   SourceLocation NoLoc;
11185   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
11186   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
11187                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
11188                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
11189                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
11190                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
11191                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
11192                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
11193                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
11194                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
11195                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11196                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11197                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11198                                              /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11199                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
11200                                              EST_None,
11201                                              /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(),
11202                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
11203                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
11204                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
11205                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
11206                                              /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
11207                                              Loc, Loc, D),
11208                 DS.getAttributes(),
11209                 SourceLocation());
11210   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
11211 
11212   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
11213 
11214   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
11215   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
11216 
11217   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
11218   FD->setImplicit();
11219 
11220   CurContext = PrevDC;
11221 
11222   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
11223 
11224   return FD;
11225 }
11226 
11227 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
11228 /// the declaration of this function.
11229 ///
11230 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
11231 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
11232 /// like NSLog or printf.
11233 ///
11234 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
11235 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
11236 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
11237   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
11238     return;
11239 
11240   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
11241   // actual attributes.
11242   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
11243     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
11244     unsigned FormatIdx;
11245     bool HasVAListArg;
11246     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
11247       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
11248         const char *fmt = "printf";
11249         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
11250         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
11251             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
11252           fmt = "NSString";
11253         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11254                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
11255                                                FormatIdx+1,
11256                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
11257                                                FD->getLocation()));
11258       }
11259     }
11260     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
11261                                              HasVAListArg)) {
11262      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
11263        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11264                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
11265                                               FormatIdx+1,
11266                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
11267                                               FD->getLocation()));
11268     }
11269 
11270     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
11271     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
11272     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
11273     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
11274         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
11275       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
11276         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11277     }
11278 
11279     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
11280         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
11281       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11282                                          FD->getLocation()));
11283     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
11284       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11285     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
11286       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11287   }
11288 
11289   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
11290   if (!Name)
11291     return;
11292   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11293        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
11294       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
11295        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
11296        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
11297     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
11298     // about.
11299   } else
11300     return;
11301 
11302   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
11303     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
11304     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
11305     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
11306       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11307                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
11308                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
11309                                              FD->getLocation()));
11310   }
11311 
11312   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
11313     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
11314     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
11315     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
11316       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
11317                                                 FD->getLocation()));
11318   }
11319 }
11320 
11321 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
11322                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
11323   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
11324   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
11325 
11326   if (!TInfo) {
11327     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
11328     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
11329   }
11330 
11331   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
11332   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
11333                                            D.getLocStart(),
11334                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
11335                                            D.getIdentifier(),
11336                                            TInfo);
11337 
11338   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
11339   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
11340     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
11341     return NewTD;
11342   }
11343 
11344   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
11345     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
11346       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
11347         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
11348         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
11349         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
11350     else
11351       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
11352   }
11353 
11354   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
11355   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
11356   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
11357   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
11358   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
11359   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
11360   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
11361   case TST_enum:
11362   case TST_struct:
11363   case TST_interface:
11364   case TST_union:
11365   case TST_class: {
11366     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
11367     setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
11368     break;
11369   }
11370 
11371   default:
11372     break;
11373   }
11374 
11375   return NewTD;
11376 }
11377 
11378 
11379 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
11380 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
11381   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
11382   QualType T = TI->getType();
11383 
11384   if (T->isDependentType())
11385     return false;
11386 
11387   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
11388     if (BT->isInteger())
11389       return false;
11390 
11391   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
11392   return true;
11393 }
11394 
11395 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
11396 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
11397 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
11398                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
11399                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
11400   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
11401 
11402   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
11403     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
11404       << Prev->isScoped();
11405     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11406     return true;
11407   }
11408 
11409   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
11410     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
11411         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
11412         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
11413                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
11414       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
11415       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
11416         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
11417       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
11418           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
11419       return true;
11420     }
11421   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
11422     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
11423       << Prev->isFixed();
11424     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11425     return true;
11426   }
11427 
11428   return false;
11429 }
11430 
11431 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
11432 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
11433 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
11434 ///
11435 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
11436 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
11437   switch (Tag) {
11438   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
11439   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
11440   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
11441   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
11442   }
11443 }
11444 
11445 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
11446 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
11447 ///
11448 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
11449 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
11450 {
11451   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
11452 }
11453 
11454 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
11455 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
11456 ///
11457 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
11458 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
11459                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
11460                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
11461                                         const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
11462   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
11463   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
11464   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
11465   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
11466   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
11467   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
11468   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
11469   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
11470   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
11471   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
11472   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
11473   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
11474   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
11475   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
11476   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
11477     if (OldTag == NewTag)
11478       return true;
11479 
11480   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
11481     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
11482     bool isTemplate = false;
11483     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
11484       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
11485 
11486     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
11487       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
11488       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
11489       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11490         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
11491         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11492       return true;
11493     }
11494 
11495     if (isDefinition) {
11496       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
11497       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
11498       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11499         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
11500         return true;
11501       }
11502 
11503       bool previousMismatch = false;
11504       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
11505         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
11506           if (!previousMismatch) {
11507             previousMismatch = true;
11508             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
11509               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
11510               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
11511           }
11512           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11513             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
11514             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
11515                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
11516         }
11517       }
11518       return true;
11519     }
11520 
11521     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
11522     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
11523     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
11524     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
11525                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
11526     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
11527       return true;
11528     }
11529 
11530     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11531       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
11532       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11533     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11534 
11535     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
11536     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11537         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11538           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
11539           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
11540                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
11541     }
11542 
11543     return true;
11544   }
11545   return false;
11546 }
11547 
11548 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
11549 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
11550 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
11551 ///   namespace N {
11552 ///     struct X;
11553 ///     namespace M {
11554 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
11555 ///     }
11556 ///   }
11557 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
11558                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
11559   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
11560   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
11561   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
11562   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
11563   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11564   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
11565     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
11566     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
11567     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
11568     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
11569       return FixItHint();
11570     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
11571     Namespaces.push_back(II);
11572     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
11573         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
11574     if (Lookup == Namespace)
11575       break;
11576   }
11577 
11578   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
11579   // build an NNS.
11580   SmallString<64> Insertion;
11581   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
11582   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
11583     OS << "::";
11584   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
11585   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
11586     OS << II->getName() << "::";
11587   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
11588 }
11589 
11590 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can
11591 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup
11592 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a
11593 /// using-declaration).
11594 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC,
11595                                          DeclContext *NewDC) {
11596   OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext();
11597   NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext();
11598 
11599   if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC))
11600     return true;
11601 
11602   // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either
11603   // encloses the other).
11604   if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&
11605       (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC)))
11606     return true;
11607 
11608   return false;
11609 }
11610 
11611 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
11612 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
11613 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
11614 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
11615 ///
11616 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or
11617 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
11618 ///
11619 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should
11620 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration.
11621 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
11622                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
11623                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
11624                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
11625                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
11626                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
11627                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
11628                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
11629                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
11630                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
11631                      bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11632   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
11633   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
11634   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
11635          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
11636   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
11637 
11638   OwnedDecl = false;
11639   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
11640   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
11641 
11642   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
11643   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
11644   bool Invalid = false;
11645 
11646   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
11647   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
11648   // for non-C++ cases.
11649   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
11650       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
11651     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
11652             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
11653                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
11654                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
11655       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11656         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
11657         return nullptr;
11658       }
11659 
11660       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
11661         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
11662         // be a member of another template).
11663 
11664         if (Invalid)
11665           return nullptr;
11666 
11667         OwnedDecl = false;
11668         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
11669                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
11670                                                TemplateParams, AS,
11671                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
11672                                                /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(),
11673                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
11674                                                TemplateParameterLists.data(),
11675                                                SkipBody);
11676         return Result.get();
11677       } else {
11678         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
11679         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
11680           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
11681         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
11682       }
11683     }
11684   }
11685 
11686   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
11687   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
11688   // redeclaration.
11689   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
11690 
11691   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11692     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
11693       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
11694       // type, default to int.
11695       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11696     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
11697       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
11698       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
11699       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
11700       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
11701       EnumUnderlying = TI;
11702 
11703       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
11704         // Recover by falling back to int.
11705         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11706 
11707       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
11708                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
11709         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11710 
11711     } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11712       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
11713       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11714   }
11715 
11716   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
11717   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
11718   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
11719 
11720   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
11721   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
11722     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
11723 
11724   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
11725   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11726     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
11727 
11728     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
11729     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
11730       Name = nullptr;
11731       goto CreateNewDecl;
11732     }
11733 
11734     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
11735     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
11736     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11737       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
11738       if (!DC) {
11739         IsDependent = true;
11740         return nullptr;
11741       }
11742     } else {
11743       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
11744       if (!DC) {
11745         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
11746           << SS.getRange();
11747         return nullptr;
11748       }
11749     }
11750 
11751     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
11752       return nullptr;
11753 
11754     SearchDC = DC;
11755     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
11756     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
11757 
11758     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11759       return nullptr;
11760 
11761     if (Previous.empty()) {
11762       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
11763       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
11764       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
11765       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
11766       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
11767       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
11768       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
11769           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11770         IsDependent = true;
11771         return nullptr;
11772       }
11773 
11774       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
11775       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
11776         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
11777       Name = nullptr;
11778       Invalid = true;
11779       goto CreateNewDecl;
11780     }
11781   } else if (Name) {
11782     // C++14 [class.mem]p14:
11783     //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
11784     //   name different from T:
11785     //    -- every member of class T that is itself a type
11786     if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
11787         DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc)))
11788       return nullptr;
11789 
11790     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
11791     // declaration or definition.
11792     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
11793     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
11794     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
11795     LookupName(Previous, S);
11796 
11797     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
11798     // by types using'ed into this scope.
11799     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
11800         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
11801       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11802       while (F.hasNext()) {
11803         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11804         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
11805           F.erase();
11806       }
11807       F.done();
11808     }
11809 
11810     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
11811     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
11812     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
11813     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
11814     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
11815     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
11816     //
11817     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
11818     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
11819     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
11820     //
11821     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
11822     // semantic context?
11823     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11824       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11825       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11826       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
11827       while (F.hasNext()) {
11828         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11829         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11830         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
11831             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
11832           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11833             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
11834           else
11835             F.erase();
11836         }
11837       }
11838       F.done();
11839 
11840       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
11841       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
11842       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
11843         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11844         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
11845             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
11846       }
11847     }
11848 
11849     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
11850     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11851       return nullptr;
11852 
11853     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
11854       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
11855       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
11856       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
11857       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
11858       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
11859         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11860     }
11861   }
11862 
11863   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
11864       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
11865     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11866     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
11867     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11868     Previous.clear();
11869   }
11870 
11871   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
11872       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
11873     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
11874     isStdBadAlloc = true;
11875 
11876     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
11877       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
11878       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
11879       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
11880       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
11881     }
11882   }
11883 
11884   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
11885   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
11886   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
11887   // there's a shadow friend decl.
11888   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
11889       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11890     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
11891     assert(SS.isEmpty());
11892 
11893     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11894       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
11895       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
11896       //
11897       //          class-key identifier
11898       //
11899       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
11900       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
11901       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
11902       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
11903       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
11904       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
11905       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
11906       //      declaration.
11907       //
11908       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
11909       // C structs and unions.
11910       //
11911       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
11912       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
11913       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
11914       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
11915       //
11916       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
11917       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
11918       //
11919       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
11920       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
11921       // lexical context,
11922       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11923         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11924 
11925       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
11926       while (S->isClassScope() ||
11927              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11928               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
11929              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
11930              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
11931         S = S->getParent();
11932     } else {
11933       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
11934       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
11935       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
11936       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
11937       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
11938       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11939     }
11940 
11941     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
11942     // diagnose some problems.
11943     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11944       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
11945       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
11946     }
11947   }
11948 
11949   // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it.
11950   if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous)
11951     Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous);
11952 
11953   if (!Previous.empty()) {
11954     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11955     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
11956 
11957     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
11958     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
11959     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
11960     // in C++.
11961     //
11962     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
11963     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
11964     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
11965     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
11966     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11967       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11968         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
11969           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
11970           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
11971               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
11972                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
11973             PrevDecl = Tag;
11974             Previous.clear();
11975             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
11976             Previous.resolveKind();
11977           }
11978         }
11979       }
11980     }
11981 
11982     // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must
11983     // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a
11984     // redefinition if either context is within the other.
11985     if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) {
11986       auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl);
11987       if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
11988           isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) &&
11989           !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(
11990                           *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) {
11991         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
11992         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
11993              diag::note_using_decl_target);
11994         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl)
11995             << 0;
11996         // Recover by ignoring the old declaration.
11997         Previous.clear();
11998         goto CreateNewDecl;
11999       }
12000     }
12001 
12002     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12003       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
12004       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
12005       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
12006       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
12007           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
12008                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
12009         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
12010         // struct or something similar.
12011         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
12012                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
12013                                           Name)) {
12014           bool SafeToContinue
12015             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
12016                Kind != TTK_Enum);
12017           if (SafeToContinue)
12018             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
12019               << Name
12020               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
12021                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
12022           else
12023             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
12024           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
12025 
12026           if (SafeToContinue)
12027             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
12028           else {
12029             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
12030             Name = nullptr;
12031             Previous.clear();
12032             Invalid = true;
12033           }
12034         }
12035 
12036         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
12037           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
12038 
12039           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
12040           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
12041           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12042             if (ScopedEnum)
12043               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
12044                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
12045                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
12046             return PrevTagDecl;
12047           }
12048 
12049           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
12050           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
12051             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
12052           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
12053             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
12054 
12055           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
12056           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
12057           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
12058           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
12059                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
12060             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
12061         }
12062 
12063         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
12064         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
12065         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
12066         //   and then later defined.
12067         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
12068             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
12069           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
12070           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12071         }
12072 
12073         if (!Invalid) {
12074           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
12075           // we have attributes.
12076 
12077           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
12078           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
12079           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
12080           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
12081           if (!Attr &&
12082               ((TUK == TUK_Reference &&
12083                 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt))
12084                || TUK == TUK_Friend))
12085             return PrevTagDecl;
12086 
12087           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
12088           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
12089             if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
12090               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
12091               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
12092               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
12093               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
12094               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
12095                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
12096                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
12097                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
12098                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
12099                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
12100                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
12101                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
12102                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
12103               }
12104 
12105               NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
12106               if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12107                   !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) {
12108                 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We
12109                 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and
12110                 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one
12111                 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and
12112                 // use it in place of this one.
12113                 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
12114                 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc);
12115                 return Def;
12116               } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
12117                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
12118                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
12119                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
12120                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
12121                 else
12122                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
12123                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12124                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
12125                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
12126                 // references get the previous definition.
12127                 Name = nullptr;
12128                 Previous.clear();
12129                 Invalid = true;
12130               }
12131             } else {
12132               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
12133               // about a nested redefinition.
12134               auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl();
12135               if (TD->isBeingDefined()) {
12136                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
12137                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
12138                      diag::note_previous_definition);
12139                 Name = nullptr;
12140                 Previous.clear();
12141                 Invalid = true;
12142               }
12143             }
12144 
12145             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
12146             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
12147           }
12148 
12149           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
12150           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
12151           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
12152           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
12153             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
12154             AS = AS_none;
12155           }
12156         }
12157         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
12158         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
12159 
12160       } else {
12161         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
12162         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
12163         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
12164         // have distinct types.
12165         Previous.clear();
12166       }
12167       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
12168       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
12169       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
12170 
12171 
12172     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
12173     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
12174     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
12175     } else {
12176       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
12177       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
12178       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
12179       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
12180           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
12181         unsigned Kind = 0;
12182         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
12183         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
12184         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
12185         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
12186         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
12187         Invalid = true;
12188 
12189       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
12190       } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
12191                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
12192         // do nothing
12193 
12194       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
12195       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12196         unsigned Kind = 0;
12197         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
12198         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
12199         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
12200         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
12201         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
12202         Invalid = true;
12203 
12204       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
12205       // case here.
12206       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12207         unsigned Kind = 0;
12208         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
12209         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
12210           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
12211         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
12212         Invalid = true;
12213 
12214       // Otherwise, diagnose.
12215       } else {
12216         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
12217         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
12218         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
12219         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12220         Name = nullptr;
12221         Invalid = true;
12222       }
12223 
12224       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
12225       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
12226       Previous.clear();
12227     }
12228   }
12229 
12230 CreateNewDecl:
12231 
12232   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
12233   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
12234     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
12235 
12236   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
12237   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
12238   // keyword.
12239   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
12240 
12241   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
12242   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
12243   // PrevDecl.
12244   TagDecl *New;
12245 
12246   bool IsForwardReference = false;
12247   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
12248     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
12249     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
12250     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
12251                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
12252                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
12253     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
12254     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
12255       TagDecl *Def;
12256       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
12257           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
12258         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
12259         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
12260       }
12261       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
12262         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
12263           << New;
12264         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12265       } else {
12266         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
12267         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
12268           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
12269         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12270           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
12271         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
12272 
12273         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
12274         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
12275         // the declaration context.
12276         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
12277           IsForwardReference = true;
12278       }
12279     }
12280 
12281     if (EnumUnderlying) {
12282       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
12283       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
12284         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
12285       else
12286         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
12287       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
12288     }
12289 
12290   } else {
12291     // struct/union/class
12292 
12293     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
12294     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
12295     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12296       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
12297       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
12298                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
12299 
12300       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
12301         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
12302     } else
12303       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
12304                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
12305   }
12306 
12307   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
12308   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
12309   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
12310     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
12311       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
12312     Invalid = true;
12313   }
12314 
12315   // Maybe add qualifier info.
12316   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
12317     if (SS.isSet()) {
12318       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
12319       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
12320       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
12321       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
12322       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
12323       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
12324           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
12325           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc))
12326         Invalid = true;
12327 
12328       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
12329       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
12330         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists);
12331       }
12332     }
12333     else
12334       Invalid = true;
12335   }
12336 
12337   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
12338     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
12339     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
12340     //
12341     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
12342     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
12343     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
12344     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
12345     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
12346     // parsing of the struct).
12347     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
12348       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
12349       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
12350     }
12351   }
12352 
12353   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
12354     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
12355       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
12356         << 2
12357         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
12358     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
12359     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
12360     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
12361     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
12362       New->setModulePrivate();
12363   }
12364 
12365   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
12366   // check the specialization.
12367   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
12368     Invalid = true;
12369 
12370   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
12371   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
12372   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
12373   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
12374       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
12375     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12376       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
12377       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
12378       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
12379         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
12380             << Name;
12381         Invalid = true;
12382       }
12383     } else {
12384       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
12385     }
12386     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
12387   }
12388 
12389   if (Invalid)
12390     New->setInvalidDecl();
12391 
12392   if (Attr)
12393     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
12394 
12395   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
12396   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
12397   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
12398 
12399   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
12400   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
12401   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
12402   // the tag name visible.
12403   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
12404     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
12405 
12406   // Set the access specifier.
12407   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
12408     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
12409 
12410   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
12411     New->startDefinition();
12412 
12413   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
12414   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12415     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
12416     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
12417     if (PrevDecl)
12418       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
12419 
12420     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
12421     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
12422     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
12423       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
12424         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
12425   } else if (Name) {
12426     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
12427     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
12428     if (IsForwardReference)
12429       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
12430 
12431   } else {
12432     CurContext->addDecl(New);
12433   }
12434 
12435   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
12436   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
12437     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
12438         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
12439         II->isStr("FILE"))
12440       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
12441 
12442   if (PrevDecl)
12443     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
12444 
12445   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
12446   // record.
12447   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
12448 
12449   OwnedDecl = true;
12450   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
12451   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
12452   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New;
12453 }
12454 
12455 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
12456   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12457   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12458 
12459   // Enter the tag context.
12460   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
12461 
12462   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
12463 
12464   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
12465   // record.
12466   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
12467 }
12468 
12469 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
12470   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
12471          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
12472   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
12473   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
12474       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
12475   CurContext = OCD;
12476   return IDecl;
12477 }
12478 
12479 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
12480                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
12481                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
12482                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
12483   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12484   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
12485 
12486   FieldCollector->StartClass();
12487 
12488   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
12489     return;
12490 
12491   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
12492     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
12493                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
12494 
12495   // C++ [class]p2:
12496   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
12497   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
12498   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
12499   //   as if it were a public member name.
12500   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
12501     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
12502                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
12503                             Record->getIdentifier(),
12504                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
12505                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
12506   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
12507   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
12508   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
12509   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
12510       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
12511   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
12512   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
12513          "Broken injected-class-name");
12514 }
12515 
12516 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
12517                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
12518   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12519   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12520   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
12521 
12522   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
12523   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
12524     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
12525     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
12526       RD->completeDefinition();
12527   }
12528 
12529   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
12530     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
12531 
12532   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
12533   PopDeclContext();
12534 
12535   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
12536       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
12537     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
12538 
12539   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
12540   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
12541     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
12542 }
12543 
12544 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
12545   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
12546   PopDeclContext();
12547 }
12548 
12549 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
12550   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
12551   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
12552   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
12553 }
12554 
12555 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
12556   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
12557   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
12558 }
12559 
12560 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
12561   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12562   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12563   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
12564 
12565   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
12566   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
12567     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
12568       RD->completeDefinition();
12569   }
12570 
12571   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
12572   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
12573   // the FieldCollector.
12574 
12575   PopDeclContext();
12576 }
12577 
12578 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
12579 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
12580                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
12581                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
12582                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
12583   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
12584   if (ZeroWidth)
12585     *ZeroWidth = true;
12586 
12587   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
12588   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
12589   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
12590     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
12591     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
12592       return ExprError();
12593     if (FieldName)
12594       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
12595         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12596     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
12597       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12598   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
12599                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
12600     return ExprError();
12601 
12602   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
12603   // it now.
12604   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
12605     return BitWidth;
12606 
12607   llvm::APSInt Value;
12608   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
12609   if (ICE.isInvalid())
12610     return ICE;
12611   BitWidth = ICE.get();
12612 
12613   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
12614     *ZeroWidth = false;
12615 
12616   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
12617   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
12618     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
12619 
12620   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
12621     if (FieldName)
12622       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12623                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
12624     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12625       << Value.toString(10);
12626   }
12627 
12628   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
12629     uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
12630     uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy);
12631     bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth);
12632 
12633     // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield
12634     // ABI.
12635     bool CStdConstraintViolation =
12636         BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
12637     bool MSBitfieldViolation =
12638         Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) &&
12639         (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft());
12640     if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) {
12641       unsigned DiagWidth =
12642           CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize;
12643       if (FieldName)
12644         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
12645                << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << DiagWidth;
12646 
12647       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
12648              << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << DiagWidth;
12649     }
12650 
12651     if (BitfieldIsOverwide) {
12652       if (FieldName)
12653         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
12654             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12655             << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
12656       else
12657         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
12658             << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
12659     }
12660   }
12661 
12662   return BitWidth;
12663 }
12664 
12665 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
12666 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
12667 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
12668                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
12669   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
12670                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
12671                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
12672   return Res;
12673 }
12674 
12675 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
12676 ///
12677 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
12678                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
12679                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
12680                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12681                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
12682   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12683   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12684   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12685 
12686   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12687   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12688   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12689     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
12690 
12691     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
12692                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
12693       D.setInvalidType();
12694       T = Context.IntTy;
12695       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
12696     }
12697   }
12698 
12699   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
12700   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
12701     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
12702     D.setInvalidType();
12703   }
12704 
12705   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
12706   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
12707   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
12708     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
12709     D.setInvalidType();
12710   }
12711 
12712   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
12713 
12714   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
12715     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
12716          diag::err_invalid_thread)
12717       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
12718 
12719   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
12720   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
12721   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
12722   LookupName(Previous, S);
12723   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
12724     case LookupResult::Found:
12725     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
12726       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
12727       break;
12728 
12729     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
12730       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
12731       break;
12732 
12733     case LookupResult::NotFound:
12734     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
12735     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
12736       break;
12737   }
12738   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
12739 
12740   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12741     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12742     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
12743     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12744     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12745   }
12746 
12747   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
12748     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12749 
12750   bool Mutable
12751     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
12752   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
12753   FieldDecl *NewFD
12754     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
12755                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
12756 
12757   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
12758     Record->setInvalidDecl();
12759 
12760   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12761     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
12762 
12763   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
12764     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
12765     // with the same name in the same scope.
12766   } else if (II) {
12767     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
12768   } else
12769     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
12770 
12771   return NewFD;
12772 }
12773 
12774 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
12775 ///
12776 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
12777 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
12778 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
12779 /// created.
12780 ///
12781 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
12782 ///
12783 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
12784 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
12785                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
12786                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
12787                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
12788                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12789                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
12790                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
12791                                 Declarator *D) {
12792   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
12793   bool InvalidDecl = false;
12794   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
12795 
12796   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
12797   // marking this declaration as invalid.
12798   if (T.isNull()) {
12799     InvalidDecl = true;
12800     T = Context.IntTy;
12801   }
12802 
12803   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
12804   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12805     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12806       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
12807       Record->setInvalidDecl();
12808       InvalidDecl = true;
12809     } else {
12810       NamedDecl *Def;
12811       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
12812       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
12813         Record->setInvalidDecl();
12814         InvalidDecl = true;
12815       }
12816     }
12817   }
12818 
12819   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
12820   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
12821     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
12822     InvalidDecl = true;
12823   }
12824 
12825   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12826   // than a variably modified type.
12827   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12828     bool SizeIsNegative;
12829     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
12830 
12831     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
12832       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
12833                                                     SizeIsNegative,
12834                                                     Oversized);
12835     if (FixedTInfo) {
12836       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
12837       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
12838       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
12839     } else {
12840       if (SizeIsNegative)
12841         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
12842       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
12843         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
12844           << Oversized.toString(10);
12845       else
12846         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
12847       InvalidDecl = true;
12848     }
12849   }
12850 
12851   // Fields can not have abstract class types
12852   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
12853                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12854                                              AbstractFieldType))
12855     InvalidDecl = true;
12856 
12857   bool ZeroWidth = false;
12858   if (InvalidDecl)
12859     BitWidth = nullptr;
12860   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
12861   if (BitWidth) {
12862     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
12863                               &ZeroWidth).get();
12864     if (!BitWidth) {
12865       InvalidDecl = true;
12866       BitWidth = nullptr;
12867       ZeroWidth = false;
12868     }
12869   }
12870 
12871   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
12872   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
12873     unsigned DiagID = 0;
12874     if (T->isReferenceType())
12875       DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference
12876                                         : diag::err_mutable_reference;
12877     else if (T.isConstQualified())
12878       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
12879 
12880     if (DiagID) {
12881       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
12882       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
12883         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
12884       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
12885       if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) {
12886         Mutable = false;
12887         InvalidDecl = true;
12888       }
12889     }
12890   }
12891 
12892   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
12893   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
12894   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
12895   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
12896     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
12897 
12898   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
12899                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
12900   if (InvalidDecl)
12901     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12902 
12903   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12904     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12905     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12906     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12907   }
12908 
12909   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12910     if (Record->isUnion()) {
12911       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12912         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12913         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12914           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
12915           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
12916           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
12917           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
12918           // objects.
12919           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
12920             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12921         }
12922       }
12923 
12924       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
12925       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
12926       // enabled.
12927       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
12928         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
12929                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
12930                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
12931           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
12932         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
12933           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12934       }
12935     }
12936   }
12937 
12938   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
12939   // representation, not a parser representation.
12940   if (D) {
12941     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
12942     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
12943 
12944     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
12945       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
12946   }
12947 
12948   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
12949   // retainable type.
12950   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
12951     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12952 
12953   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
12954     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
12955 
12956   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
12957   return NewFD;
12958 }
12959 
12960 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
12961   assert(FD);
12962   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
12963 
12964   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
12965     return false;
12966 
12967   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12968   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12969     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12970     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12971       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
12972       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
12973       // copy constructors.
12974 
12975       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
12976       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
12977       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
12978       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
12979       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
12980       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
12981       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
12982         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
12983       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
12984         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
12985       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
12986         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
12987       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
12988         member = CXXDestructor;
12989 
12990       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
12991         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
12992             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
12993           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
12994           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
12995           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
12996           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
12997           // members unavailable.
12998           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
12999           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
13000             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
13001               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
13002                                   "this system field has retaining ownership",
13003                                   Loc));
13004             return false;
13005           }
13006         }
13007 
13008         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
13009                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
13010                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
13011           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
13012         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
13013         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
13014       }
13015     }
13016   }
13017 
13018   return false;
13019 }
13020 
13021 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
13022 ///  AST enum value.
13023 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
13024 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
13025   switch (ivarVisibility) {
13026   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
13027   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
13028   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
13029   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
13030   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
13031   }
13032 }
13033 
13034 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
13035 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
13036 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
13037                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
13038                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
13039                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
13040 
13041   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
13042   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
13043   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
13044   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
13045 
13046   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
13047   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
13048 
13049   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
13050   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
13051 
13052   if (BitWidth) {
13053     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
13054     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
13055     if (!BitWidth)
13056       D.setInvalidType();
13057   } else {
13058     // Not a bitfield.
13059 
13060     // validate II.
13061 
13062   }
13063   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
13064     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
13065     D.setInvalidType();
13066   }
13067   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
13068   // than a variably modified type.
13069   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
13070     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
13071     D.setInvalidType();
13072   }
13073 
13074   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
13075   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
13076     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
13077                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
13078   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
13079   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
13080   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
13081     return nullptr;
13082   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
13083   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
13084       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13085     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
13086     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
13087       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
13088       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
13089     }
13090     else
13091       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
13092   } else {
13093     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
13094         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13095       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
13096         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
13097         return nullptr;
13098       }
13099     }
13100     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
13101   }
13102 
13103   // Construct the decl.
13104   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
13105                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
13106                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
13107 
13108   if (II) {
13109     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
13110                                            ForRedeclaration);
13111     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
13112         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
13113       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
13114       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
13115       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
13116     }
13117   }
13118 
13119   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
13120   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
13121 
13122   if (D.isInvalidType())
13123     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
13124 
13125   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
13126   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
13127     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
13128 
13129   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
13130     NewID->setModulePrivate();
13131 
13132   if (II) {
13133     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
13134     // these to the interface.
13135     S->AddDecl(NewID);
13136     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
13137   }
13138 
13139   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
13140       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
13141     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
13142 
13143   return NewID;
13144 }
13145 
13146 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
13147 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
13148 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
13149 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
13150 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
13151                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
13152   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
13153     return;
13154 
13155   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
13156   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
13157 
13158   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
13159     return;
13160   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
13161   if (!ID) {
13162     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
13163       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
13164         return;
13165     }
13166     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
13167     else
13168       return;
13169   }
13170   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
13171   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
13172   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
13173 
13174   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
13175                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
13176                               Context.CharTy,
13177                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
13178                                                                DeclLoc),
13179                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
13180                               true);
13181   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
13182 }
13183 
13184 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
13185                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
13186                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
13187   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
13188 
13189   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
13190   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
13191   // it will now change.
13192   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13193     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
13194     switch (DC->getKind()) {
13195     default: break;
13196     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
13197       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
13198       break;
13199     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
13200       Context.
13201         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
13202       break;
13203     }
13204   }
13205 
13206   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
13207 
13208   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
13209   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
13210   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
13211   if (Record) {
13212     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
13213       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
13214         if (IFD->getDeclName())
13215           ++NumNamedMembers;
13216     }
13217   }
13218 
13219   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
13220   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
13221 
13222   bool ARCErrReported = false;
13223   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
13224        i != end; ++i) {
13225     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
13226 
13227     // Get the type for the field.
13228     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
13229 
13230     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
13231       // Remember all fields written by the user.
13232       RecFields.push_back(FD);
13233     }
13234 
13235     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
13236     // diagnostics about it.
13237     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
13238       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13239       continue;
13240     }
13241 
13242     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
13243     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
13244     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
13245     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
13246     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
13247     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
13248     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
13249     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
13250     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
13251     //   array.
13252     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
13253       // Field declared as a function.
13254       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
13255         << FD->getDeclName();
13256       FD->setInvalidDecl();
13257       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13258       continue;
13259     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
13260                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
13261                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
13262                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
13263                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
13264       // Flexible array member.
13265       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
13266       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
13267       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
13268       unsigned DiagID = 0;
13269       if (Record->isUnion())
13270         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
13271                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
13272                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
13273                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
13274                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
13275       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
13276         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
13277                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
13278                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
13279                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
13280                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
13281                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
13282                                  : 0;
13283 
13284       if (DiagID)
13285         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
13286                                         << Record->getTagKind();
13287       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
13288       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
13289       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
13290       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
13291       // of the type.
13292       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
13293         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
13294           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
13295             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
13296       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
13297         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
13298           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
13299 
13300       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
13301       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
13302       //
13303       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
13304       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
13305       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
13306       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
13307         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
13308           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
13309         FD->setInvalidDecl();
13310         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13311         continue;
13312       }
13313       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
13314       Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
13315     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
13316                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
13317                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
13318       // Incomplete type
13319       FD->setInvalidDecl();
13320       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13321       continue;
13322     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
13323       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
13324         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
13325         // flexible array member.
13326         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
13327         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
13328           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
13329           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
13330           // structures.
13331           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
13332             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
13333               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
13334           else {
13335             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
13336             // other structs as an extension.
13337             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
13338               << FD->getDeclName();
13339           }
13340         }
13341       }
13342       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
13343           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
13344                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
13345                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
13346         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
13347         FD->setInvalidDecl();
13348       }
13349       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
13350         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13351       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
13352         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
13353     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
13354       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
13355       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
13356         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
13357       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
13358       FD->setType(T);
13359     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
13360                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
13361       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
13362       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
13363       // so we just make the field unavailable.
13364       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
13365       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
13366       QualType T = FD->getType();
13367       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
13368       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
13369         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
13370         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
13371           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
13372             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
13373                               "this system field has retaining ownership",
13374                               loc));
13375           }
13376         } else {
13377           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
13378             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
13379         }
13380         ARCErrReported = true;
13381       }
13382     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
13383                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
13384                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
13385       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
13386           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
13387         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13388       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
13389         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
13390         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
13391             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
13392           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13393         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
13394                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
13395                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13396       }
13397     }
13398     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
13399       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
13400     // Keep track of the number of named members.
13401     if (FD->getIdentifier())
13402       ++NumNamedMembers;
13403   }
13404 
13405   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
13406   if (Record) {
13407     bool Completed = false;
13408     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
13409       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
13410         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
13411         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
13412                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
13413                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
13414           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
13415 
13416         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
13417           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
13418             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
13419             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
13420               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
13421                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
13422           }
13423 
13424           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
13425           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
13426 
13427           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
13428           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
13429           // problem now.
13430           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
13431             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
13432             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
13433 
13434             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
13435                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
13436                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
13437               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
13438                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
13439                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
13440                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
13441                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
13442                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
13443                   continue;
13444 
13445                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
13446                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
13447                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
13448                 //   program is ill-formed.
13449                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
13450                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
13451                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
13452                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
13453                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
13454                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
13455                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
13456                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
13457                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
13458                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
13459 
13460                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
13461               }
13462             }
13463             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
13464             Completed = true;
13465           }
13466         }
13467       }
13468     }
13469 
13470     if (!Completed)
13471       Record->completeDefinition();
13472 
13473     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
13474       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
13475 
13476       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
13477         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
13478                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
13479                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
13480     }
13481 
13482     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
13483     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
13484     // compatibility problems.
13485     bool CheckForZeroSize;
13486     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13487       CheckForZeroSize = true;
13488     } else {
13489       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
13490       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
13491       CheckForZeroSize =
13492           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
13493           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
13494           CXXRecord->isCLike();
13495     }
13496     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
13497       bool ZeroSize = true;
13498       bool IsEmpty = true;
13499       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
13500       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
13501                                       E = Record->field_end();
13502            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
13503         IsEmpty = false;
13504         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
13505           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
13506             ZeroSize = false;
13507         } else {
13508           ++NonBitFields;
13509           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
13510           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
13511               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
13512             ZeroSize = false;
13513         }
13514       }
13515 
13516       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
13517       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
13518       // extern "C" block.
13519       if (ZeroSize) {
13520         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
13521                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
13522                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
13523           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
13524       }
13525 
13526       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
13527       // but are accepted by GCC.
13528       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13529         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
13530                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
13531           << Record->isUnion();
13532       }
13533     }
13534   } else {
13535     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
13536       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
13537     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13538       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
13539       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
13540       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13541         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
13542         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
13543       }
13544       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
13545       // duplicates.
13546       if (ID->getSuperClass())
13547         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
13548     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
13549                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13550       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
13551       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
13552         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
13553         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
13554         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
13555       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
13556       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13557       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13558     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
13559                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13560       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
13561       // reported as errors elsewhere.
13562       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
13563       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
13564       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
13565       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
13566       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
13567       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13568         if (IDecl) {
13569           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
13570               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13571             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13572                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13573             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13574             continue;
13575           }
13576           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
13577             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
13578                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13579               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13580                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13581               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13582               continue;
13583             }
13584           }
13585         }
13586         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
13587         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
13588       }
13589       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13590       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13591     }
13592   }
13593 
13594   if (Attr)
13595     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
13596 }
13597 
13598 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
13599 /// the given type T.
13600 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
13601                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
13602                                         QualType T) {
13603   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13604   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
13605 
13606   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
13607     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
13608       --BitWidth;
13609     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
13610   }
13611   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
13612 }
13613 
13614 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
13615 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
13616 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
13617   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
13618   // enum checking below.
13619   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13620   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
13621   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13622     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
13623   };
13624   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13625     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
13626     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
13627   };
13628 
13629   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
13630   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
13631                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
13632   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
13633     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
13634       return Types[I];
13635 
13636   return QualType();
13637 }
13638 
13639 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
13640                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
13641                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
13642                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
13643                                           Expr *Val) {
13644   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13645   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
13646   QualType EltTy;
13647 
13648   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
13649     Val = nullptr;
13650 
13651   if (Val)
13652     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
13653 
13654   if (Val) {
13655     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
13656       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13657     else {
13658       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
13659       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
13660           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13661         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
13662         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
13663         // constant expression of the underlying type.
13664         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13665         ExprResult Converted =
13666           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
13667                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
13668         if (Converted.isInvalid())
13669           Val = nullptr;
13670         else
13671           Val = Converted.get();
13672       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
13673                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
13674                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
13675         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
13676       } else {
13677         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13678           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13679 
13680           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
13681           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
13682           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
13683           // expression checking.
13684           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13685             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13686               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13687               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13688             } else
13689               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13690           } else
13691             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13692         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13693           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
13694           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13695           //   is the type of its initializing value:
13696           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
13697           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
13698           EltTy = Val->getType();
13699         } else {
13700           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
13701           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
13702           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
13703           //   representable as an int.
13704 
13705           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
13706           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
13707             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13708               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
13709               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
13710           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
13711             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
13712             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13713           }
13714           EltTy = Val->getType();
13715         }
13716       }
13717     }
13718   }
13719 
13720   if (!Val) {
13721     if (Enum->isDependentType())
13722       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13723     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
13724       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13725       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13726       //   is the type of its initializing value:
13727       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
13728       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
13729       //
13730       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
13731       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
13732       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13733         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13734       }
13735       else {
13736         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
13737       }
13738     } else {
13739       // Assign the last value + 1.
13740       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13741       ++EnumVal;
13742       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
13743 
13744       // Check for overflow on increment.
13745       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
13746         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13747         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13748         //   is the type of its initializing value:
13749         //
13750         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
13751         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
13752         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
13753         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
13754         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
13755         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
13756         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
13757         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
13758           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
13759           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
13760           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13761           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
13762           ++EnumVal;
13763           if (Enum->isFixed())
13764             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
13765             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
13766               << EnumVal.toString(10)
13767               << EltTy;
13768           else
13769             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
13770               << EnumVal.toString(10);
13771         } else {
13772           EltTy = T;
13773         }
13774 
13775         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
13776         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
13777         // value, then increment.
13778         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13779         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13780         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13781         ++EnumVal;
13782 
13783         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
13784         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
13785         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
13786         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
13787         // integral type.
13788         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
13789           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
13790       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13791                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13792         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
13793         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13794           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
13795       }
13796     }
13797   }
13798 
13799   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
13800     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
13801     // enumerator's type.
13802     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13803     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13804   }
13805 
13806   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
13807                                   Val, EnumVal);
13808 }
13809 
13810 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
13811                                                 SourceLocation IILoc) {
13812   if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) ||
13813       !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13814     return SkipBodyInfo();
13815 
13816   // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to
13817   // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and
13818   // skip the body.
13819   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
13820                                          ForRedeclaration);
13821   auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl);
13822   NamedDecl *Hidden;
13823   if (PrevECD &&
13824       !hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()),
13825                             &Hidden)) {
13826     SkipBodyInfo Skip;
13827     Skip.Previous = Hidden;
13828     return Skip;
13829   }
13830 
13831   return SkipBodyInfo();
13832 }
13833 
13834 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
13835                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
13836                               AttributeList *Attr,
13837                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
13838   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
13839   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
13840     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
13841 
13842   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
13843   // we find one that is.
13844   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
13845 
13846   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
13847   // scope.
13848   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
13849                                          ForRedeclaration);
13850   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13851     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13852     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
13853     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13854     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13855   }
13856 
13857   if (PrevDecl) {
13858     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
13859     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
13860     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
13861            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
13862     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
13863       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
13864         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
13865       else
13866         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
13867       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13868       return nullptr;
13869     }
13870   }
13871 
13872   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
13873   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
13874   // different from T:
13875   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
13876   // enumerated type
13877   if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped())
13878     DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(),
13879                             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc));
13880 
13881   EnumConstantDecl *New =
13882     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
13883 
13884   if (New) {
13885     // Process attributes.
13886     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
13887 
13888     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
13889     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
13890     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
13891   }
13892 
13893   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
13894 
13895   return New;
13896 }
13897 
13898 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
13899 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
13900 // Element2 = Element1
13901 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
13902 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
13903 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
13904 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
13905   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
13906   if (!InitExpr)
13907     return true;
13908   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
13909 
13910   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
13911     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
13912       return true;
13913     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
13914     if (!IL)
13915       return true;
13916     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
13917       return true;
13918 
13919     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
13920   }
13921 
13922   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
13923   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
13924   if (!DRE)
13925     return true;
13926 
13927   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
13928   if (!EnumConstant)
13929     return true;
13930 
13931   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
13932       Enum)
13933     return true;
13934 
13935   return false;
13936 }
13937 
13938 struct DupKey {
13939   int64_t val;
13940   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
13941   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
13942     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
13943 };
13944 
13945 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
13946   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
13947                 false);
13948 }
13949 
13950 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
13951   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
13952   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
13953   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
13954     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
13955   }
13956   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
13957     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
13958            LHS.val == RHS.val;
13959   }
13960 };
13961 
13962 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
13963 // a previous element has already been set to.
13964 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13965                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
13966                                         QualType EnumType) {
13967   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
13968     return;
13969   // Avoid anonymous enums
13970   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
13971     return;
13972 
13973   // Only check for small enums.
13974   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
13975     return;
13976 
13977   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
13978   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
13979 
13980   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
13981   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
13982           ValueToVectorMap;
13983 
13984   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
13985   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
13986 
13987   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
13988   // an initialier.
13989   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13990     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13991 
13992     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
13993     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
13994     if (!ECD) {
13995       return;
13996     }
13997 
13998     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
13999       continue;
14000 
14001     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
14002     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
14003 
14004     // First time encountering this value.
14005     if (Entry.isNull())
14006       Entry = ECD;
14007   }
14008 
14009   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
14010   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14011     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
14012     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
14013       continue;
14014 
14015     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
14016 
14017     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
14018     if (Entry.isNull())
14019       continue;
14020 
14021     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
14022       // Ensure constants are different.
14023       if (D == ECD)
14024         continue;
14025 
14026       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
14027       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
14028       Vec->push_back(D);
14029       Vec->push_back(ECD);
14030 
14031       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
14032       Entry = Vec;
14033 
14034       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
14035       // diagnostics.
14036       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
14037       continue;
14038     }
14039 
14040     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
14041     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
14042     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
14043       continue;
14044 
14045     Vec->push_back(ECD);
14046   }
14047 
14048   // Emit diagnostics.
14049   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
14050                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
14051        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
14052     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
14053     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
14054 
14055     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
14056     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
14057     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
14058       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
14059       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
14060     ++I;
14061 
14062     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
14063     // the same value.
14064     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
14065       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
14066         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
14067         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
14068     delete Vec;
14069   }
14070 }
14071 
14072 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
14073                              bool AllowMask) const {
14074   assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum");
14075   assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition");
14076 
14077   auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt()));
14078   llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second;
14079 
14080   if (R.second) {
14081     for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) {
14082       const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal();
14083       // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values.
14084       if (EVal.isPowerOf2())
14085         FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal;
14086     }
14087   }
14088 
14089   // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's
14090   // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is
14091   // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we
14092   // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value.
14093   //
14094   // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is
14095   // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is
14096   // likely a logic error.
14097   llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth());
14098   return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val));
14099 }
14100 
14101 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
14102                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
14103                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
14104                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
14105   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
14106   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
14107 
14108   if (Attr)
14109     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
14110 
14111   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
14112     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14113       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
14114         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
14115       if (!ECD) continue;
14116 
14117       ECD->setType(EnumType);
14118     }
14119 
14120     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
14121     return;
14122   }
14123 
14124   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
14125   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
14126   // emit a warning.
14127   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
14128   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
14129   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
14130 
14131   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
14132   // reverse the list.
14133   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
14134   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
14135 
14136   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
14137   bool AllElementsInt = true;
14138 
14139   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14140     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
14141       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
14142     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
14143 
14144     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
14145 
14146     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
14147     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
14148       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
14149                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
14150     else
14151       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
14152                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
14153 
14154     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
14155     if (AllElementsInt)
14156       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
14157   }
14158 
14159   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
14160   QualType BestType;
14161   unsigned BestWidth;
14162 
14163   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
14164   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
14165   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
14166   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
14167   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
14168   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
14169   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
14170   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
14171   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
14172   QualType BestPromotionType;
14173 
14174   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
14175   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
14176   // enum definitions.
14177   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
14178     Packed = true;
14179 
14180   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
14181     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
14182     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
14183       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
14184     else
14185       BestPromotionType = BestType;
14186 
14187     BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType);
14188   }
14189   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
14190     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
14191     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
14192     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
14193     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
14194       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
14195       BestWidth = CharWidth;
14196     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
14197                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
14198       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
14199       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
14200     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
14201       BestType = Context.IntTy;
14202       BestWidth = IntWidth;
14203     } else {
14204       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
14205 
14206       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
14207         BestType = Context.LongTy;
14208       } else {
14209         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
14210 
14211         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
14212           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
14213         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
14214       }
14215     }
14216     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
14217   } else {
14218     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
14219     // all of the enumerator values.
14220     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
14221     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
14222       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
14223       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
14224       BestWidth = CharWidth;
14225     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
14226       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
14227       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
14228       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
14229     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
14230       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
14231       BestWidth = IntWidth;
14232       BestPromotionType
14233         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14234                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
14235     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
14236                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
14237       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
14238       BestPromotionType
14239         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14240                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
14241     } else {
14242       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
14243       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
14244              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
14245       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
14246       BestPromotionType
14247         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14248                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
14249     }
14250   }
14251 
14252   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
14253   // the type of the enum if needed.
14254   for (auto *D : Elements) {
14255     auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
14256     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
14257 
14258     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
14259     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
14260     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
14261     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
14262     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
14263 
14264     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
14265     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
14266 
14267     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
14268     // the enum decl type.
14269     QualType NewTy;
14270     unsigned NewWidth;
14271     bool NewSign;
14272     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
14273         !Enum->isFixed() &&
14274         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
14275       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
14276       NewWidth = IntWidth;
14277       NewSign = true;
14278     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
14279       // Already the right type!
14280       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14281         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
14282         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
14283         // enumeration.
14284         ECD->setType(EnumType);
14285       continue;
14286     } else {
14287       NewTy = BestType;
14288       NewWidth = BestWidth;
14289       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
14290     }
14291 
14292     // Adjust the APSInt value.
14293     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
14294     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
14295     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
14296 
14297     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
14298     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
14299         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
14300       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
14301                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
14302                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
14303                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
14304                                                 VK_RValue));
14305     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14306       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
14307       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
14308       // enumeration.
14309       ECD->setType(EnumType);
14310     else
14311       ECD->setType(NewTy);
14312   }
14313 
14314   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
14315                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
14316 
14317   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
14318 
14319   if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) {
14320     for (Decl *D : Elements) {
14321       EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
14322       if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
14323 
14324       llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
14325       if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() &&
14326           !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true))
14327         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range)
14328           << ECD << Enum;
14329     }
14330   }
14331 
14332   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
14333   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
14334     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
14335 }
14336 
14337 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
14338                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
14339                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
14340   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
14341 
14342   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
14343                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
14344                                                    EndLoc);
14345   CurContext->addDecl(New);
14346   return New;
14347 }
14348 
14349 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
14350                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc,
14351                                      DeclContext *DC) {
14352   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
14353     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
14354     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
14355       if (!M->IsExternC) {
14356         S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c)
14357           << M->getFullModuleName();
14358         S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
14359         return;
14360       }
14361       break;
14362     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
14363       break;
14364     }
14365     DC = LSD->getParent();
14366   }
14367 
14368   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
14369     DC = DC->getParent();
14370   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
14371     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal)
14372         << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
14373     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
14374            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC;
14375   }
14376 }
14377 
14378 void Sema::diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc) {
14379   return checkModuleImportContext(*this, M, ImportLoc, CurContext);
14380 }
14381 
14382 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
14383                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
14384                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
14385   Module *Mod =
14386       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
14387                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
14388   if (!Mod)
14389     return true;
14390 
14391   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc);
14392 
14393   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
14394 
14395   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
14396   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
14397   // silently ignoring the import.
14398   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule)
14399     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import)
14400         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
14401   else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule)
14402     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation)
14403         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule;
14404 
14405   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
14406   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
14407   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
14408     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
14409     // We need the length to be consistent.
14410     if (!ModCheck)
14411       break;
14412     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
14413 
14414     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
14415   }
14416 
14417   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
14418                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
14419                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
14420                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
14421   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
14422   return Import;
14423 }
14424 
14425 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
14426   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
14427 
14428   // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes
14429   // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an
14430   // implementation detail of us building the module.
14431   //
14432   // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those?
14433   bool IsInModuleIncludes =
14434       TUKind == TU_Module &&
14435       getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc);
14436 
14437   // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an
14438   // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST.
14439   if (!IsInModuleIncludes) {
14440     TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
14441     ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
14442                                                      DirectiveLoc, Mod,
14443                                                      DirectiveLoc);
14444     TU->addDecl(ImportD);
14445     Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
14446   }
14447 
14448   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc);
14449   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
14450 }
14451 
14452 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
14453   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
14454 
14455   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
14456     VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules));
14457   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
14458 }
14459 
14460 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
14461   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
14462 
14463   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
14464     VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back());
14465     VisibleModulesStack.pop_back();
14466     VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
14467   }
14468 }
14469 
14470 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
14471                                                       Module *Mod) {
14472   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
14473   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery)
14474     return;
14475 
14476   // Create the implicit import declaration.
14477   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
14478   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
14479                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
14480   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
14481   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
14482 
14483   // Make the module visible.
14484   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc);
14485   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc);
14486 }
14487 
14488 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14489                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
14490                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14491                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
14492                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
14493   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
14494                                          LookupOrdinaryName);
14495   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
14496       AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc);
14497 
14498   // If a declaration that:
14499   // 1) declares a function or a variable
14500   // 2) has external linkage
14501   // already exists, add a label attribute to it.
14502   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
14503     if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl))
14504       PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
14505     else
14506       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
14507           << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl;
14508   // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.
14509   } else
14510     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr));
14511 }
14512 
14513 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14514                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14515                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
14516   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
14517 
14518   if (PrevDecl) {
14519     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
14520   } else {
14521     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
14522       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
14523         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
14524   }
14525 }
14526 
14527 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14528                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
14529                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14530                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
14531                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
14532   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
14533                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
14534   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
14535 
14536   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
14537     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
14538       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
14539         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
14540   } else {
14541     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
14542       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
14543   }
14544 }
14545 
14546 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
14547   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
14548 }
14549 
14550 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
14551   const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
14552   if (!D)
14553     return AR_Available;
14554 
14555   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
14556   // both the availability of the method as well as the
14557   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
14558   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
14559   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
14560   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
14561     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
14562     if (R != AR_Available)
14563       return R;
14564     D = MD->getClassInterface();
14565   }
14566   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
14567   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
14568   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
14569             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
14570     D = ID->getClassInterface();
14571   }
14572   // Recover from user error.
14573   return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available;
14574 }
14575